1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22388 6383 169254 278000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22388 6383
69 ;;;;;; 531257 838000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22388 6383
89 ;;;;;; 583258 350000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22388 6383
100 ;;;;;; 612258 635000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22388 6390 743328
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
145 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22388 6368
242 ;;;;;; 545110 460000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
323 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t
)
371 (function-put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22388 5702 14555 614000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
439 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
448 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22388 5702 143556 882000))
483 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
486 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper
"allout" "\
487 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
489 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
491 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil
)
493 (autoload 'allout-setup
"allout" "\
494 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
496 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
497 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
499 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
500 `allout-auto-activation'.
504 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil
"\
505 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
507 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
508 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
509 file variable `allout-layout'.
511 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
512 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
513 specified layout is applied.
515 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
516 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
518 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
521 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
523 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation
"allout" nil
)
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
551 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode-p
"allout" "\
558 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
562 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
563 Toggle Allout outline mode.
564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
568 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
569 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
570 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
571 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
572 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
573 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
574 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
577 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
579 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
580 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
581 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
582 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
583 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
584 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
585 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
586 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
588 and many other features.
590 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
591 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
592 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
593 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
594 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
596 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
597 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
598 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
599 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
600 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
601 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
602 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
603 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
604 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
605 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
609 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
611 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
612 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
613 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
617 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
618 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
620 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
621 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
623 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
625 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
626 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
629 Topic Header Production:
630 -----------------------
631 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
632 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
635 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
636 ---------------------------------
637 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
638 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
639 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
641 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
642 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
643 are alternated according to nesting depth.
644 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
645 the offspring are not affected.
646 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
648 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
649 ----------------------------------
650 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
651 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
653 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
654 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
655 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
656 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
657 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
659 Topic-oriented Encryption:
660 -------------------------
661 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
662 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
666 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
667 and establish a default file-var setting
669 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
670 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
671 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
672 buffer with name derived from derived from that
673 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
674 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
676 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
678 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
679 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
684 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
685 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
686 pending encryption on save.
688 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
689 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
690 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
691 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
692 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
694 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
695 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
696 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
697 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
698 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
699 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
702 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
703 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
708 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
709 navigation and exposure control.
711 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
712 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
713 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
714 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
715 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
717 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
718 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
719 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
720 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
721 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
723 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
724 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
725 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
726 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
727 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
728 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
729 at the beginning of the current entry.
733 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
734 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
735 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
738 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
739 `allout-mode-off-hook'
740 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
741 `allout-structure-added-functions'
742 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
743 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
744 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
745 `allout-post-undo-hook'
749 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
751 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
752 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
753 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
755 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
756 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
757 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
759 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
762 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
763 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
766 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
768 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
770 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
772 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
774 Topic text constituents:
776 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
778 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
779 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
781 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
782 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
783 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
784 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
785 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
786 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
787 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
790 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
793 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
794 It can be customized by changing the setting of
795 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
797 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
798 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
799 program code without interfering with processing of the text
800 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
801 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
802 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
803 docstring for more detail.
805 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
806 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
807 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
808 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
809 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
810 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
811 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
812 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
813 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
814 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
815 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
818 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
819 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
821 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
822 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
824 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
825 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
826 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
830 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
832 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
833 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
835 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
836 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22388
843 ;;;;;; 5702 56556 27000))
844 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
845 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions
)
847 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup
"allout-widgets" "\
848 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
850 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
852 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil
)
854 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil
"\
855 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
857 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
860 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
861 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
863 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
864 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
865 you want allout widgets operation.
867 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
869 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation
"allout-widgets" nil
)
871 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
873 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode
"allout-widgets" "\
874 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
879 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
880 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
881 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
883 The graphics include:
885 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
887 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
888 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
890 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
891 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
893 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
894 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
895 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22388 6377 227195
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
905 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
907 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
908 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
909 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
910 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
911 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
912 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
914 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
916 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
919 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22388 6383 172254
925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
927 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
928 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
929 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
930 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
931 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
932 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
933 in the current window.
935 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
937 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
938 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
939 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
940 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
941 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
942 buffer if one does not exist.
944 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
946 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
947 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
948 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
949 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
950 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
952 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22388 5702 202557
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
959 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions
)
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
962 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
966 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
967 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
969 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
970 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
971 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
972 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
974 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
975 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
977 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
979 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22388
984 ;;;;;; 6383 656259 67000))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
986 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
988 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
989 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
990 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
991 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
992 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
995 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
996 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
997 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1000 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1001 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1002 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1003 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1007 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
1008 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1012 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
1013 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1014 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22388 6367 808103
1022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1024 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
1025 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1026 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1027 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1028 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1029 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1031 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
1033 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1034 Toggle checking of appointments.
1035 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1036 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22388 5702 277558 200000))
1043 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1045 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1046 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1047 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1048 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1050 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1051 kind of objects to search.
1053 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1055 (autoload 'apropos-user-option
"apropos" "\
1056 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1057 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1058 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1059 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1060 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1062 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1063 variables, not just user options.
1065 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1067 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1068 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1069 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1070 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1071 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1073 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil
)
1075 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1077 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1078 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1079 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1080 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1081 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1082 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1084 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1085 noninteractive functions.
1087 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1088 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1090 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1091 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1093 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1095 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1096 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1098 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1100 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1101 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1102 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1103 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1111 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1113 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1115 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1117 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1118 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1119 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1120 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1121 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1125 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1126 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1127 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1128 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1129 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1130 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1132 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1133 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1134 names and values of properties.
1136 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1138 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1140 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1141 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1142 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1143 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1144 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1145 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1147 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1148 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1149 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1150 documentation strings.
1152 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1154 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22388 5702 279558
1160 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1162 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1163 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1164 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1165 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1166 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1167 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1169 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1170 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1173 \\{archive-mode-map}
1175 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22388 5702 287558 299000))
1180 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1182 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1183 Major mode for editing arrays.
1185 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1186 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1187 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1189 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1191 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1192 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1193 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1195 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1196 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1197 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1198 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1201 Variables you assign:
1202 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1203 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1204 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1205 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1206 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1207 row numbers in the buffer.
1209 Variables which are calculated:
1210 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1211 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1213 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1214 take a numeric prefix argument):
1216 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1217 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1218 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1219 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1221 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1222 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1223 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1224 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1226 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1228 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1231 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1232 between that of point and mark.
1234 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1235 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1237 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1238 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1239 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1240 newlines inside rows)
1242 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1244 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22388 6389
1251 ;;;;;; 2311 642000))
1252 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1253 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions
)
1255 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1257 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1258 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1259 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1261 How to quit Artist mode
1263 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1266 How to submit a bug report
1268 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1271 Drawing with the mouse:
1274 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1275 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1279 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1282 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1313 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1316 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1317 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1318 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1319 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1322 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1323 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1324 overwrite means the opposite.
1326 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1327 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1328 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1330 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1332 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1333 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1335 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1336 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1337 are currently drawing something.
1339 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1343 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1344 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1349 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1351 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1353 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1355 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1357 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1358 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1360 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1365 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1366 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1367 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1368 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1369 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1370 When pasting: Pastes
1372 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1374 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1376 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1377 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1378 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1379 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1380 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1381 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1386 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1387 of the line/poly-line
1389 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1390 of the line/poly-line
1395 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1397 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1398 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1400 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1401 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1402 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1404 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1414 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1416 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1421 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1422 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1424 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1425 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1426 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1427 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1428 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1429 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1430 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1431 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1432 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1433 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1434 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1435 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1437 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1438 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1439 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1440 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1441 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1442 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1446 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22388 6383
1458 ;;;;;; 682259 323000))
1459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1461 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1462 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1463 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1465 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1470 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1471 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1473 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1474 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1476 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22388
1486 ;;;;;; 6371 630140 799000))
1487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1489 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry
7200 "\
1490 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1491 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1494 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry
"auth-source" t
)
1498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22388 5702 305558 475000))
1499 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1501 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1502 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1503 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1504 for a description of this minor mode.")
1506 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1508 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1509 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1514 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1515 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1516 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1517 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1518 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1519 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1520 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1521 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1525 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1527 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1528 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1530 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1534 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1535 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1536 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1537 for a description of this minor mode.
1538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1540 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1542 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1544 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1545 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1547 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1548 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1550 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1551 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1552 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1554 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22388 6383
1561 ;;;;;; 698259 481000))
1562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1564 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1565 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22388 5702 322558
1573 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1575 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1576 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1577 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1581 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1582 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1583 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1584 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1586 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1588 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1589 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1590 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1591 for a description of this minor mode.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1596 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1598 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1599 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1604 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1605 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22388
1612 ;;;;;; 6368 588110 884000))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1615 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1619 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable
'risky-local-variable t
)
1621 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1622 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1623 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1625 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1626 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1627 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1628 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1629 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1631 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1633 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil
)
1635 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1636 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1637 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1638 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1639 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1641 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1642 directory or directories specified.
1644 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1645 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1646 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1647 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1648 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1649 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1651 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1653 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1654 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1655 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1656 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22388 5702 322558
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1667 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1668 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1670 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1671 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1673 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1674 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1677 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1678 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1679 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1683 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1684 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1686 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1687 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1691 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1692 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1694 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1695 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1697 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1698 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1699 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1700 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1701 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1703 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1704 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1705 writing before you save the file!
1707 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1711 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1712 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1714 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1715 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1719 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1720 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1721 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1722 for a description of this minor mode.
1723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1725 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1727 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1729 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1730 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1732 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1733 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1735 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1736 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1737 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1739 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1740 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1741 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1742 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1743 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1745 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1746 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1747 specifies in the mode line.
1749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22388 5702 326558 682000))
1754 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1756 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1757 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1758 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1762 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1764 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1765 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1766 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1767 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1769 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1770 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1771 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1773 Effects of the different modes:
1774 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1775 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1776 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1777 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1778 a random distance & direction.
1779 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1780 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1781 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1783 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1784 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1785 definition of \"random distance\".)
1787 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22388 6383
1792 ;;;;;; 700259 500000))
1793 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1795 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist
'("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode
))
1797 (autoload 'bat-mode
"bat-mode" "\
1798 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1800 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1801 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1802 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22388 5702 332558 741000))
1811 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1812 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1814 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1815 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1816 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1817 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1821 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1822 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1823 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1824 for a description of this minor mode.
1825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1826 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1827 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1829 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1831 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1832 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1834 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1835 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1837 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1838 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1839 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22388
1847 ;;;;;; 6368 596110 962000))
1848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of FORMS.
1852 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1853 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1855 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1856 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1857 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1859 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t
)
1861 (function-put 'benchmark-run
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
1863 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1864 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1865 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1866 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1867 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1869 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t
)
1871 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
1873 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1874 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1875 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1876 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1877 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1879 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22388 6389
1884 ;;;;;; 163313 226000))
1885 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1887 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1888 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1889 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1890 of corresponding buffers.
1891 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1892 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1893 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1894 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1895 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1897 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1898 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1899 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1901 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1903 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1904 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1906 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1908 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1909 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1910 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1911 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1914 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1915 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1916 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1917 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1919 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1920 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1923 Special information:
1925 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1927 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1928 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1929 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1930 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1931 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1932 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1933 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1934 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1935 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1936 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1937 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1939 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1940 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1941 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1942 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1943 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1944 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1945 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1946 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1948 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1950 ----------------------------------------------------------
1951 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1952 if that value is non-nil.
1958 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1959 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1960 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1961 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1962 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1963 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1964 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1965 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1966 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1967 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1968 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1969 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1971 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1976 ;;;;;; (22388 6389 80312 409000))
1977 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1979 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1980 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22388 6375 470178
1988 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1990 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$" "\
1991 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1995 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1997 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
2004 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
2005 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2007 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
2011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22388 6383 172254
2013 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2015 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
2017 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2021 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2022 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2023 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2024 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2025 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2030 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2031 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2034 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2037 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2038 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2040 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2041 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2043 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2044 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2045 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2046 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2047 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2048 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2052 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2054 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2055 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2056 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2057 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2059 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2060 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2061 denoted by the letter `R'.
2063 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2064 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2065 denoted by the letter `H'.
2067 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2070 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2071 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2072 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2073 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2074 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2075 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2078 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2079 degree deflection it causes.
2082 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2084 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2085 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2088 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2092 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2093 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2106 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2107 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2108 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2109 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2110 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2111 emerging from the box.
2113 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2118 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2120 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2121 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2122 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2124 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22388 5702 411559
2133 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2134 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
2135 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
2136 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite
)
2137 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2139 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
2140 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2141 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2142 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2143 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2144 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2145 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
2147 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2148 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2149 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2151 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2152 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2153 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2154 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2155 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2158 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2159 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2160 yank successive words.
2162 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2163 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2164 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2165 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2166 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2168 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2169 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2170 the list of bookmarks.)
2172 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2174 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite
"bookmark" "\
2175 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2176 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2178 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2179 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2180 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2181 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2182 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2183 ever deletes the most recent one.
2185 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2186 is nil, raise an error.
2188 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2189 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2190 yank successive words.
2192 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2193 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2194 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2195 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2196 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2198 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2199 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2200 the list of bookmarks.)
2202 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2204 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2205 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2206 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2207 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2208 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2211 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2212 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2213 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2214 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2216 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2217 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2219 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2220 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2221 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2226 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2228 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2230 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2231 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2233 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2234 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2235 after a bookmark was set in it.
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2240 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2242 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2243 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2245 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2247 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2250 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2251 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2252 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2254 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2255 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2256 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2258 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2259 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2262 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil
)
2264 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2265 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2266 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2268 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2269 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2270 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2273 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2275 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2276 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2278 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2279 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2280 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2281 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2282 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2283 probably because we were called from there.
2285 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2287 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2288 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2292 (function-put 'bookmark-write
'interactive-only
'bookmark-save
)
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2295 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2296 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2297 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2300 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2301 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2302 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2303 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2304 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2306 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2307 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2308 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2309 `bookmark-default-file'.
2311 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2313 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2314 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2315 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2316 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2317 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2320 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2321 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2322 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2323 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2324 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2325 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2327 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2328 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2329 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2331 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2333 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2334 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2335 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2336 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2337 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2341 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2343 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2345 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2346 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2350 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map
[load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2352 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22388 6377
2357 ;;;;;; 307196 629000))
2358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2360 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2361 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2362 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2363 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2365 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2366 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2367 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2368 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2369 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2371 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2375 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2376 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2377 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2378 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2380 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2383 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2384 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2385 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2388 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2390 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2391 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2395 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2398 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2400 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2401 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2402 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2403 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2404 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2405 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2406 first, if that exists.
2408 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2409 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2410 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2412 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2415 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2417 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2418 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2419 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2420 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2421 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2425 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2427 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2428 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2429 says which browser to use.
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2434 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2435 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2436 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2438 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2440 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2441 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2442 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2443 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2446 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2447 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2448 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2450 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2451 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2452 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2454 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2455 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2457 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2464 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2468 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2469 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2471 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2472 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2473 new tab in an existing window instead.
2475 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2476 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2480 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2482 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2483 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2485 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2486 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2487 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2489 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2490 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2491 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2493 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2494 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2498 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2499 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2500 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2501 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2503 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2509 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2510 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2512 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2513 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2514 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2515 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2518 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2519 new tab in an existing window instead.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2531 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2533 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2534 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2535 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2536 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2538 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2539 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2540 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2541 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2548 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2553 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2554 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2555 program is invoked according to the variable
2556 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2558 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2559 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2560 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2561 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2563 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2564 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2568 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2570 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2571 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2572 Default to the URL around or before point.
2574 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2575 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2576 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2578 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2579 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2580 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2581 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2583 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2584 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2588 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2591 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2592 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2593 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2595 When called interactively, if variable
2596 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2597 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2598 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2602 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2603 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2605 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2606 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2608 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2610 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2611 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2612 Default to the URL around or before point.
2614 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2615 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2616 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2618 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2619 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2621 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2623 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2624 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2625 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2626 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2628 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2630 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2632 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2633 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2634 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2635 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2636 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2637 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2638 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2640 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2642 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2643 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2644 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2645 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2646 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2648 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2649 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2650 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2651 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2653 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2654 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2656 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2658 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2659 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2660 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2661 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2662 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2665 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2666 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2667 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2668 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2670 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2671 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2673 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2675 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2676 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2677 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2678 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2679 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2680 don't offer a form of remote control.
2682 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2684 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2685 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2686 Default to the URL around or before point.
2687 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2689 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2691 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2692 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2693 Default to the URL around the point.
2695 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2696 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2698 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2699 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2701 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22388 5702 452559 922000))
2706 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2707 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2709 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2710 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2711 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2712 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2716 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2717 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2718 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2719 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2723 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2724 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2728 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2729 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2731 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2732 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2733 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2734 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2736 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2737 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2738 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2739 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2740 name of buffer configuration.
2746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22388 6383 181254
2748 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2750 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2752 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2753 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2754 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2755 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2756 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2757 columns on its right towards the left.
2759 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2760 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2761 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2762 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2769 ;;;;;; (22388 6383 700259 500000))
2770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2772 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2774 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2775 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2776 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2777 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2778 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2782 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2783 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22388
2790 ;;;;;; 6368 704112 24000))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2792 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2793 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2794 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2798 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2799 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2800 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2801 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2802 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2803 else the global value will be modified.
2805 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2807 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2808 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2809 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2810 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2811 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2812 else the global value will be modified.
2814 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2816 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2817 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2818 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2820 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2822 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2823 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2824 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2825 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2827 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2828 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2829 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2830 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2831 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2834 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2835 that already has a `.elc' file.
2837 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2838 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2840 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2841 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2842 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2843 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2844 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2845 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2847 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2849 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2850 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2851 Print the result in the echo area.
2852 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2856 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2857 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2858 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2860 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2862 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2863 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2864 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2865 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2866 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2867 all functions called by those functions.
2869 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2870 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2871 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2873 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2874 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2875 invoked interactively.
2877 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2879 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2880 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2881 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2882 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2886 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2887 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2888 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2889 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2890 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2891 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2892 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2895 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2897 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2898 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2899 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2900 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2902 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2903 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2904 and corresponding effects.
2906 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22388
2911 ;;;;;; 6367 842103 547000))
2912 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2914 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22388 6367
2919 ;;;;;; 847103 596000))
2920 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2922 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2924 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2926 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22388
2931 ;;;;;; 6367 866103 783000))
2932 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2934 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2935 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2936 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2937 from the cursor position.
2939 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22388 6367 620101 364000))
2944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2945 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2947 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2948 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2952 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2953 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2955 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2957 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2958 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2960 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2962 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2963 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2964 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2965 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2967 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2969 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2970 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2971 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2972 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2974 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2976 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2977 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2978 This is most useful in the X window system.
2979 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2980 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2982 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2984 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2985 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2986 See calc-keypad for details.
2988 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2990 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2991 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2993 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2995 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2996 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2998 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3000 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3001 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3003 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3005 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3006 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3007 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3009 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3011 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3012 Define Calc function.
3014 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3015 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3016 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3018 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3019 actual Lisp function name.
3021 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3023 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3025 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22388 6367
3030 ;;;;;; 444099 633000))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3033 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22388 5702 517560
3042 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3044 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3045 Run the Emacs calculator.
3046 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22489 43024
3053 ;;;;;; 125096 768000))
3054 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3056 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3057 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3058 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3059 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3060 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3061 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3063 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3064 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3065 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3066 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3067 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3068 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3069 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3070 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3073 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3074 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3076 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3077 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3078 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3079 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3080 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3081 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3083 Runs the following hooks:
3085 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3086 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3087 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3088 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3090 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22388 6371 657141
3098 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3100 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3101 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3103 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3105 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3106 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3107 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3110 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22388
3115 ;;;;;; 6384 111263 543000))
3116 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3118 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3119 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22388 6384
3126 ;;;;;; 327265 667000))
3127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3129 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3130 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3132 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3133 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3135 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3136 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3138 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3140 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3141 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3144 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3146 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3147 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3149 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3150 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3153 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3155 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3156 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3158 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3164 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3166 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3167 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3169 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3170 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3173 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3175 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3176 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3178 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3180 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3181 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3184 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3186 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3187 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3189 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3190 variables are guessed:
3192 * `c-basic-offset', and
3193 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3196 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3197 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3199 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3200 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3202 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3203 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3204 guess is made from scratch.
3206 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3207 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3209 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3211 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3212 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3213 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3214 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3216 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3217 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3218 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3220 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22388 6384
3225 ;;;;;; 496267 328000))
3226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3228 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3229 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3230 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3231 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3232 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3233 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3234 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3236 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3246 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3247 Major mode for editing C code.
3249 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3250 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3251 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3252 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3254 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3256 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3257 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3264 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3265 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3266 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3267 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3268 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3269 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3272 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3275 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3281 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3283 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3284 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3285 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3286 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3287 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3288 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3291 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3293 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3294 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3300 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3302 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing Java code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3305 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3306 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3307 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3312 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3313 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3319 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3321 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3322 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3323 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3324 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3325 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3326 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3329 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3331 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3332 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3338 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3339 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3341 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3342 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3343 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3344 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3345 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3346 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3349 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3351 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3352 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3358 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3359 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3360 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3361 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3364 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3365 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3366 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3367 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3368 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3369 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3371 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3373 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3374 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22388
3384 ;;;;;; 6384 576268 115000))
3385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3387 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3388 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3389 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3390 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3392 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3394 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3395 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3398 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3399 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3400 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3401 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3404 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3405 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3406 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3407 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3410 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3412 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3413 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3414 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3415 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3417 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3419 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3420 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3421 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3423 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3425 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3426 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3427 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3428 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3429 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3431 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22388 6384
3436 ;;;;;; 657268 912000))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3438 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3439 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3440 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22388 6374 281166
3446 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3448 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3449 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3451 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3453 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3454 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3456 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3458 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3459 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3461 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3462 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3463 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3464 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3467 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3469 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3471 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3472 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3474 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3475 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3479 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3480 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3481 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3482 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3483 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3486 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3487 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3488 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3491 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3492 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3495 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3497 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3499 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3502 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3503 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3505 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3506 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3507 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3510 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3512 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3513 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3514 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3516 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3518 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3520 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3522 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3523 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3524 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3525 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3526 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3527 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3529 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3531 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3535 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3537 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3539 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3540 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3543 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3547 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3549 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3550 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3551 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3552 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3554 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3557 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3558 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3559 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3560 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3561 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3562 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3563 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3564 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3567 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3568 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3570 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3571 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3573 | (write EXPRESSION)
3574 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3575 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3578 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3581 ;; Same as: (write string)
3583 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3584 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3585 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3588 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3589 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3590 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3591 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3592 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3593 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3595 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3596 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3598 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3601 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3602 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3603 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3605 ARG := REG | integer
3608 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3611 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3614 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3623 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3626 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3627 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3628 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3631 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3632 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3634 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3635 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3636 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3639 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3640 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3643 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3644 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3646 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3649 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3653 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3654 ;; Same meaning as C code
3655 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3657 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3662 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3666 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3667 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3671 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3675 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3676 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3677 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3678 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3680 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3681 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3682 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3683 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3685 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3686 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3687 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3690 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3691 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3692 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3694 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3695 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3696 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3698 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3699 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3701 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3702 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3703 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3706 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3707 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3708 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3709 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3711 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3712 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3715 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3717 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3719 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3720 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3721 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3722 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3723 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3724 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3726 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3728 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3729 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3730 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3732 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3734 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22388 6368 788112
3740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3742 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3743 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3744 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3745 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3747 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3749 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3751 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3752 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3754 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22388 6368 422109
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3761 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22388 6384
3766 ;;;;;; 702269 354000))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3768 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3770 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3771 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3772 There are no special keybindings by default.
3774 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3775 to the action header.
3779 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3780 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3781 There are no special keybindings by default.
3783 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3784 to the action header.
3788 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3789 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (22388 5702 541560
3797 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
3799 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
3800 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
3801 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3802 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3803 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3805 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3806 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3808 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3809 from which to start.
3811 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22388 6368 788112
3817 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3818 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3823 ;;;;;; (22388 6368 813113 96000))
3824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3826 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3827 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3828 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3832 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3833 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3834 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22388
3841 ;;;;;; 6368 849113 450000))
3842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3843 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3844 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3845 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3846 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3849 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3850 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3851 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3853 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3854 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3857 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3858 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3860 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3861 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3862 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3863 the users will view as each check is completed.
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3868 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3869 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3870 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3871 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3872 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3873 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3874 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3876 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3879 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3880 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3881 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3882 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3883 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3884 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3885 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3887 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3889 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3890 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3891 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3892 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3893 spacing are all verified.
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3898 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3899 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3900 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3901 otherwise stop after the first error.
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3906 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3908 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3911 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3912 Only documentation strings are checked.
3913 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3914 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3917 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3920 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3921 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3922 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3923 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3925 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3928 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3929 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3930 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3933 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3935 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3936 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3937 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3938 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3940 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3942 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3944 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3945 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3946 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3948 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3951 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3952 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3953 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3954 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3958 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3959 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3960 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3961 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3962 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3963 space at the end of each line.
3965 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3967 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3968 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3969 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3970 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3974 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3975 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3976 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3977 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3981 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3982 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3983 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3984 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3988 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3989 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3990 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3991 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3995 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3996 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3997 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3998 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4002 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4003 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4004 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4005 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4009 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4010 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4011 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4012 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4016 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4017 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4018 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4019 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4023 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4024 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4025 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4026 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4030 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4031 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4033 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4034 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4036 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4037 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4038 checking of documentation strings.
4040 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4044 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4045 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22388
4052 ;;;;;; 6374 954173 489000))
4053 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4055 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4056 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4057 Return the length of resulting text.
4059 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4061 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4062 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4066 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4067 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4068 Return the length of resulting text.
4070 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4072 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4073 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4077 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4082 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4085 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22388 5702 610561
4091 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4093 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4094 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4095 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4096 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4097 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4098 editing and the result is evaluated.
4100 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4102 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4103 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4104 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4105 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4106 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4108 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4112 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4113 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4114 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4115 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4116 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4118 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4119 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4120 \\{command-history-map}
4122 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4123 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22388
4130 ;;;;;; 6368 936114 306000))
4131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4133 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4134 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4135 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4136 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4137 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4138 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4139 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4142 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4143 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4144 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4147 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4148 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4150 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4151 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4152 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4153 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4154 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4155 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4156 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4157 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4158 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4159 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4160 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4161 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4163 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4164 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4165 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4167 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4168 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4169 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4172 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4174 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4176 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4178 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4179 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4181 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4182 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4184 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4185 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4186 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4187 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4188 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4189 value specified by their associated list element.
4191 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4193 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4194 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4195 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4197 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4198 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4199 * indent the first argument by 4.
4200 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4201 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4202 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4204 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4205 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4206 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4209 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22388 6368
4214 ;;;;;; 949114 434000))
4215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4216 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4218 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4220 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4221 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4222 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4223 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4224 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4225 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4227 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4228 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22388 6384
4233 ;;;;;; 705269 384000))
4234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4236 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4237 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4238 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4239 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4241 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4242 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4243 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4244 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4246 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4247 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4249 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22388 5702 612561
4255 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4257 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4258 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4259 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4260 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4261 of `scheme-program-name').
4262 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4263 it is given as initial input.
4264 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4265 discards input when it starts up.
4266 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4268 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22388 5702 628561 652000))
4275 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4277 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4278 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4279 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4280 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4282 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4283 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4285 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4286 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4287 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4289 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22388 5702 673562 95000))
4294 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4296 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4297 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4298 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4299 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4300 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4301 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4302 functions have already modified the buffer.
4304 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4306 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4307 either globally or locally.")
4309 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4310 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4311 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4312 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4314 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4315 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4316 `start-file-process'
4317 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4318 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4319 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4321 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4322 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4324 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4326 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4328 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4330 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4331 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4332 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4333 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4334 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4335 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4336 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4337 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4338 process as its initial input.
4340 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4342 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4344 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4346 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4347 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4348 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4349 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4350 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4351 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4353 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4355 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4357 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4358 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4359 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4360 directory tracking functions.")
4362 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4363 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4364 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4366 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4368 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4370 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4371 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4372 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4374 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4376 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4378 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4379 Send COMMAND to current process.
4380 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4381 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4383 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4385 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4386 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4387 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4388 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4390 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22388 6390 746328
4396 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4398 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4399 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4400 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4401 to get another window.
4403 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4404 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4406 This command pushes the mark in each window
4407 at the prior location of point in that window.
4408 If both windows display the same buffer,
4409 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4410 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4412 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4413 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4414 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4415 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4416 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4417 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4418 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4421 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4422 this command work in interlaced mode:
4423 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4424 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4425 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4427 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22388 6384
4432 ;;;;;; 791270 230000))
4433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4435 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4436 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4438 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4440 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4441 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4442 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4444 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4446 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4447 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4448 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4450 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4452 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4453 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4454 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4455 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4456 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4458 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4459 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4460 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4461 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4462 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4464 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4465 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4466 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4467 describing how the process finished.")
4469 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4470 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4471 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4472 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4473 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4475 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4476 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4477 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4479 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4481 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4482 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4483 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4484 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4486 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4488 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4489 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4491 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4492 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4494 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4496 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4497 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4498 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4499 (concat \"make -k \"
4500 (if buffer-file-name
4501 (shell-quote-argument
4502 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4504 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4505 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4507 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4508 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4509 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4510 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4512 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4514 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4515 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4516 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4517 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4519 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4520 and move to the source code that caused it.
4522 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4523 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4525 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4526 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4527 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4528 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4529 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4531 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4532 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4533 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4534 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4536 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4537 kills its subprocesses.
4539 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4540 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4541 to a function that generates a unique name.
4543 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4545 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4546 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4547 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4548 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4550 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4551 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4553 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4554 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4555 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4556 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4558 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4559 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4560 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4562 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4564 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4566 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4567 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4568 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4569 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4570 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4572 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4574 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4576 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4578 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4580 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4581 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4583 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4584 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4586 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4587 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4588 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4589 See `compilation-mode'.
4591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4593 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4594 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4596 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4597 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4599 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4600 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4605 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4606 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4607 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4609 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22388 5702 734562
4615 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4617 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4618 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4619 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
4620 for a description of this minor mode.
4621 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4622 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4623 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4625 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4627 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4628 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4629 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4630 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4631 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22388
4638 ;;;;;; 6389 244314 22000))
4639 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4641 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4642 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4643 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4644 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4645 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4646 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4647 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4649 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4650 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4651 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4653 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4654 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4655 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4657 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4658 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4659 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4660 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4662 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4663 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4664 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4665 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4666 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4667 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4668 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4674 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4675 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4676 Comments start with `#'.
4677 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4679 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4689 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4690 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4691 Comments start with `;'.
4692 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4694 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4696 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4697 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4698 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4700 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4701 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4705 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4706 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4707 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4708 between `/*' and `*/'.
4709 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4711 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4712 // another kind of comment
4724 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4725 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4726 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4727 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4728 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4729 `conf-space-keywords'.
4730 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4731 in an interactive fashion instead.
4733 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4735 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4737 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4741 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4743 # Standard multimedia devices
4744 add /dev/audio desktop
4745 add /dev/mixer desktop
4749 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4750 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4751 See `conf-space-mode'.
4753 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4755 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4756 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4757 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4758 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4760 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4762 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4763 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4767 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4768 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4769 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4770 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4772 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4774 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4775 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4779 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4780 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4781 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4782 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4784 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22388 6383 214254
4795 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4797 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4798 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4799 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4800 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4801 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4802 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4804 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4806 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4807 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4808 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4809 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4811 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4813 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4814 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4815 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4816 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4818 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22388
4823 ;;;;;; 6369 72115 643000))
4824 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4825 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4826 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4827 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4830 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4831 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4832 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4833 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4834 following the copyright are updated as well.
4835 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4838 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4840 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4841 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4842 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4843 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4844 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4848 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4849 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4851 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4853 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4854 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4855 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4857 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22388
4862 ;;;;;; 6385 218274 429000))
4863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4864 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4865 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4866 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4867 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4868 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4869 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4870 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4872 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4873 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4874 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4875 Tab indents for Perl code.
4876 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4877 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4879 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4880 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4881 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4882 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4883 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4884 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4885 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4886 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4887 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4888 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4889 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4890 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4892 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4894 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4895 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4897 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4899 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4900 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4901 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4902 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4903 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4904 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4905 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4906 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4907 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4909 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4913 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4914 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4915 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4918 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4919 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4920 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4922 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4924 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4925 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4926 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4927 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4928 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4930 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4940 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4941 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4942 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4943 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4944 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4945 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4946 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4947 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4948 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4949 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4950 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4951 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4952 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4954 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4955 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4956 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4957 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4958 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4959 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4961 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4962 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4965 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4966 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4967 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4968 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4969 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4971 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4972 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4973 span the needed amount of lines.
4975 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4976 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4977 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4978 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4980 Variables controlling indentation style:
4981 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4982 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4983 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4984 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4985 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4986 `cperl-auto-newline'
4987 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4988 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4989 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4990 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4991 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4992 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4993 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4994 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4995 `cperl-indent-level'
4996 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4997 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4998 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4999 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5000 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5001 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5002 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5003 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5004 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5005 `cperl-brace-offset'
5006 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5007 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5008 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5009 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5010 `cperl-label-offset'
5011 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5012 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5013 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5015 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5016 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5017 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5018 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5019 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5020 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5022 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5023 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5024 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5025 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5027 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5028 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5029 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5030 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5031 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5032 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5033 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5035 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5036 column 0 is indented on
5037 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5039 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5042 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5043 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5044 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5048 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5049 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5053 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5054 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22388 6385 395276
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5064 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5065 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5066 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5067 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5068 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5072 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5073 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22388 6369 74115
5081 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5083 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5084 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5085 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5086 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5087 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5088 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5089 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5090 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5092 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5093 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5095 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5096 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5097 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5099 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5100 with empty strings removed.
5102 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22388 6389
5107 ;;;;;; 247314 52000))
5108 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5110 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5111 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5114 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5116 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5117 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22388 6369
5124 ;;;;;; 804122 842000))
5125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5127 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5128 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5129 See the `cua-mode' command
5130 for a description of this minor mode.
5131 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5132 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5133 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5135 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5137 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5138 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5140 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5141 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5143 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5144 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5145 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5146 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5147 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5148 normal function of these prefix keys.
5150 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5151 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5153 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5154 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5155 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5157 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5158 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5159 the prefix fallback behavior.
5161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5163 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5164 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22388 6369
5171 ;;;;;; 824123 38000))
5172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5174 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5175 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5176 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5183 ;;;;;; (22388 6369 75115 673000))
5184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5186 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5188 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5189 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5193 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5194 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5195 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5196 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5197 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5198 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5199 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5201 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22420 38537 265424
5207 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5209 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5210 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5212 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5214 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5215 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5217 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5219 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5220 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5222 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5224 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5225 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5227 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5228 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5230 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5231 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5233 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5235 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5237 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5238 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5239 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5241 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5242 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5244 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5245 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5247 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5248 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5250 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5252 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5254 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5255 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5258 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5259 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5261 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5262 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5264 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5265 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5267 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5269 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5271 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5272 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5273 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5274 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5276 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5277 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5278 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5280 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5282 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5283 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5284 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5285 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5286 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5290 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5291 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
5292 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
5293 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
5294 for the MODE to customize.
5298 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5300 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5302 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5304 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5307 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5309 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5311 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5312 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5314 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5316 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5318 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5319 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5320 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5322 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5324 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5325 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5326 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5327 as part of Emacs itself.
5329 Each elements looks like this:
5331 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5333 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5334 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5335 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5336 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5337 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5338 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5339 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5342 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5344 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5345 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5346 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5347 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5348 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5350 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5351 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5352 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5353 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5355 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5357 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5358 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5359 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5360 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5361 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5364 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5365 that were added or redefined since that version.
5367 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5369 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5370 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5371 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5372 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5374 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5376 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5377 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5379 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5381 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5382 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5383 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5385 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5386 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5388 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5390 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5391 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5395 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5396 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5400 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5401 Customize all saved options and faces.
5405 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5406 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5407 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5408 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5409 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5410 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5412 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5413 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5414 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5416 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5418 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5419 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5421 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5423 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5424 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5426 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5428 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5429 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5431 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5433 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5434 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5435 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5436 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5440 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5441 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5442 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5443 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5444 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5446 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5448 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5450 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5451 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5452 The result includes selecting that window.
5453 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5454 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5455 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5458 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5460 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5461 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5463 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5465 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5466 File used for storing customization information.
5467 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5468 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5469 it should be an absolute file name.
5471 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5472 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5473 something like the following in your init file:
5475 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5478 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5479 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5481 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5482 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5483 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5484 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5485 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5487 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5488 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5489 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5490 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5491 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5492 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5493 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5494 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5495 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5496 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5498 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5500 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5501 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5505 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5506 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5510 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5511 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5512 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5514 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5516 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5517 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5518 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5519 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5520 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5522 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22388 5702 879564
5528 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5530 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5531 Create or edit a custom theme.
5532 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5533 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5534 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5535 from the Custom save file.
5536 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5537 named *Custom Theme*.
5539 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5541 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5542 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5546 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5547 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5551 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5552 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5553 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5554 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5556 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22388 6390
5561 ;;;;;; 747328 803000))
5562 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5564 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5565 Mode used for cvs status output.
5571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22388 6385 438276
5573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5574 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5576 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5577 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5579 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5581 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5582 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5583 C++ modes are included.
5585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5586 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5587 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5591 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5593 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5594 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5595 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
5596 for a description of this minor mode.
5597 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5598 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5599 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5601 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5603 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5604 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5605 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5606 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5607 ARG is omitted or nil.
5609 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5610 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5611 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22388
5618 ;;;;;; 6374 956173 509000))
5619 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5621 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5622 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5624 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5626 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5627 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5629 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5631 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5632 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5633 For readability, the table is slightly
5634 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5636 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5637 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5638 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5639 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5640 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5642 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22388 5702 925564 573000))
5647 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5648 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5649 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5650 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5651 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5653 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5654 Completion on current word.
5655 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5656 and presents suggestions for completion.
5658 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5659 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5662 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5663 then it searches *all* buffers.
5665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5667 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5668 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5670 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5671 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5672 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5673 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5674 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5676 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5677 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5679 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5680 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5681 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5683 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5684 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5686 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22388 6368
5693 ;;;;;; 422109 251000))
5694 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5696 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5697 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5699 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22388 6377 308196 639000))
5704 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5706 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5707 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5708 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5709 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5710 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22388 6385
5717 ;;;;;; 479276 996000))
5718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5720 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5721 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5723 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5724 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5725 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5727 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5728 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5729 Data lines are not indented.
5734 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5736 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5737 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5738 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5739 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5741 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5744 Extra indentation within blocks.
5746 dcl-continuation-offset
5747 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5750 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5752 dcl-margin-label-offset
5753 Indentation for a label.
5755 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5756 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5758 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5759 dcl-block-end-regexp
5760 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5761 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5762 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5763 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5764 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5766 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5767 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5768 Two such functions are included in the package:
5769 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5770 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5772 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5773 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5774 One such function is included in the package:
5775 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5777 dcl-tab-always-indent
5778 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5779 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5782 dcl-electric-characters
5783 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5786 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5787 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5788 which words trigger electric indentation.
5791 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5792 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5793 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5795 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5796 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5797 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5798 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5800 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5801 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5802 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5803 dcl-imenu-label-call
5804 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5806 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5807 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5808 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5809 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5812 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5814 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5815 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5816 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5818 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5819 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5823 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5824 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5825 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5826 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5827 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5828 \"lined up with the command line\"
5830 Data lines are not indented at all.
5831 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5836 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5837 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22388 6369 75115
5845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5847 (setq debugger 'debug)
5849 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5850 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5851 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5854 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5855 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5856 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5858 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5860 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5861 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5863 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5865 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5866 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5867 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5868 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5869 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5870 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5872 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5873 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5875 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5877 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5878 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5879 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5880 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5881 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5883 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22388 6383 232254
5889 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5891 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5892 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5896 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5897 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5898 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5899 Upper-case letters are commands.
5901 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5904 The most useful commands are:
5905 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5906 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5907 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5908 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5909 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5910 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22388 5703 6565
5918 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5919 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5921 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5922 Customization of `columns' group.
5926 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5927 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5929 START and END delimits the text region.
5931 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5933 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5934 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5936 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5938 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22388 5703 9565 399000))
5943 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5945 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5947 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5948 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5949 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
5950 for a description of this minor mode.
5951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5953 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5955 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5957 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5958 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5960 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5961 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5963 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5964 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5965 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5966 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5968 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5969 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22388 6369
5976 ;;;;;; 111116 27000))
5977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5979 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5980 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5982 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5984 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5985 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5986 or nil if there is no parent.
5987 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5988 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5989 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5990 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5991 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5993 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5994 arguments are currently understood:
5996 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5997 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5999 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6000 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6002 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6003 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6005 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6007 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6009 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6010 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6011 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6013 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6014 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6016 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6017 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6018 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6020 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6021 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6023 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6024 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6026 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6028 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6030 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6032 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6033 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6034 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6035 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6036 the first time the mode is used.
6038 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22388 5703 27565
6044 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6046 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6047 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6048 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6049 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6050 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6051 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6054 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6056 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6057 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6058 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6059 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6061 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6062 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6063 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6065 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6066 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6067 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6068 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6069 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6070 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6073 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6075 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6076 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6078 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6079 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6080 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6081 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6082 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6083 minibuffer window for width limit.
6085 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6086 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22388 5703 33565 635000))
6093 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6095 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6096 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6097 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6098 for a description of this minor mode.
6099 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6100 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6101 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6103 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6105 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6106 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6108 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6111 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6112 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6113 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6114 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6116 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6117 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6119 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6120 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6122 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6124 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6128 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6129 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6130 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6131 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6133 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6135 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6136 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6138 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6139 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6140 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6142 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6143 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6145 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6146 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6147 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6149 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6150 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6151 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6152 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6154 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6156 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6157 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6159 Handlers are called with argument list
6161 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6163 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6165 `desktop-file-version'
6166 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6167 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6168 `desktop-buffer-point'
6169 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6170 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6171 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6173 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6174 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6176 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6179 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6181 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6182 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6184 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6185 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6186 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6188 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6190 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6191 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6192 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6193 List elements must have the form
6195 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6197 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6200 Handlers are called with argument list
6202 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6204 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6206 `desktop-file-version'
6207 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6208 `desktop-buffer-name'
6209 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6210 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6211 `desktop-buffer-point'
6212 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6213 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6214 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6216 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6217 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6220 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6223 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6225 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6226 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6228 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6229 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6230 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6232 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6234 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6236 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6238 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6239 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6240 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6241 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6242 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6247 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6248 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6249 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6250 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6251 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6252 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6253 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6254 do not rewrite the file.
6256 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6257 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6258 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6259 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6260 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6263 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6264 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6265 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6266 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6267 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6268 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6269 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6270 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6271 without further confirmation.
6273 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6275 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6276 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6277 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6281 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6282 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6283 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6284 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6285 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6286 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6287 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6288 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6290 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6292 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6293 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6294 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6298 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6300 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6301 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6302 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6303 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6306 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6308 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6309 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6313 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6314 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22388 6371 666141
6322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6324 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6325 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6326 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6327 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6328 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6329 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6331 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6333 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6334 Repair a broken attribution line.
6335 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6337 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6339 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6340 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6341 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6342 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6344 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6346 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6347 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22388
6354 ;;;;;; 6368 72105 809000))
6355 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6357 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6358 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6359 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6360 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6361 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6365 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6366 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6367 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6368 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6370 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6371 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6372 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6373 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6375 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6376 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6378 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6379 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6380 calendar-date-style \\='european
6381 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6383 \(diary-mail-entries)
6385 # diary-rem.el ends here
6387 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6389 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6390 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22388 6390 787329 197000))
6397 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6399 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6400 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6402 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6404 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6405 The command to use to run diff.")
6407 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6409 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6410 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6411 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6412 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6413 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6414 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6416 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6417 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6418 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6420 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6422 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6423 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6424 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6425 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6426 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6427 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6429 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6431 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6432 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6436 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6437 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6438 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6440 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22388 6390 785329
6446 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6448 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6449 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6450 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6453 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6454 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6455 headers for you on-the-fly.
6457 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6458 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6459 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6465 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6466 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6468 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6469 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6471 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22388 6377 355197 101000))
6478 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6480 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6481 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6482 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6484 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22388 5703 243567 701000))
6489 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6491 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6492 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6493 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6494 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6495 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6496 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6497 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6498 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6500 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6502 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6503 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6504 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6505 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6506 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6507 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6509 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6510 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6511 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6512 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6514 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6515 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6517 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6518 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6519 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6520 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6521 listing have no effect.
6523 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6524 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6525 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6527 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6529 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6530 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6532 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6533 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6535 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6536 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6538 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6539 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6541 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6543 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6544 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6546 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6548 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6549 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6550 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6551 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6552 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6553 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6554 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6555 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6556 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6557 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6558 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6559 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6560 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6561 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6562 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6563 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6564 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6565 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6566 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6567 to see why something went wrong.
6568 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6569 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6570 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6571 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6572 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6573 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6574 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6575 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6576 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6577 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6578 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6579 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6580 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6582 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6583 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6584 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6585 again for the directory tree.
6587 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6590 `dired-listing-switches'
6591 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6594 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6595 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6596 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6597 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6599 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6601 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6602 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6609 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6610 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22388 5703 290568
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6618 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6619 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6621 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6622 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6624 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6625 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6626 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6628 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6629 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6634 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6635 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6636 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6637 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6638 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6639 from `default-directory'.
6641 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22388 6369
6646 ;;;;;; 111116 27000))
6647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6649 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6650 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6651 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6652 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6653 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6654 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6656 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22388 5703 328568
6662 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6664 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6665 Return a new, empty display table.
6669 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6670 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6671 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6672 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6673 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6675 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6677 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6678 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6679 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6680 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6681 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6683 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6685 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6686 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6690 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6691 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6695 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6696 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6698 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6699 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6701 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6702 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6705 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6706 in the default way after this call.
6710 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6711 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6715 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6716 Display character C using printable string S.
6720 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6721 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6722 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6723 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6725 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6727 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6728 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6729 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6732 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6734 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6735 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6737 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6739 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6740 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6742 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6744 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6745 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6747 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6749 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6750 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6752 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6754 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6755 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6757 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6759 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6760 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6762 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6763 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6765 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6766 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6768 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6769 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6770 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6771 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6773 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6774 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6775 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22388 6383
6783 ;;;;;; 236254 937000))
6784 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6786 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6787 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6788 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6789 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6790 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6791 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6792 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22388 5703 329568 547000))
6800 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6802 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6803 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6804 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6805 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6806 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6807 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6809 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6810 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6811 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6812 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6813 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6815 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22388 6389
6820 ;;;;;; 248314 61000))
6821 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6823 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6824 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6825 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6826 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6827 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6828 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6829 table and its own syntax table.
6831 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6834 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6836 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6837 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22388 5703 332568
6845 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6847 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6848 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6849 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6850 OpenDocument format).
6852 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6854 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6855 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6857 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6858 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6860 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6861 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6862 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6866 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6867 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6868 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6869 to the next best mode.
6873 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6874 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6879 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6883 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22388 6383 237254
6892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6894 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6895 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22388 5703 374568 989000))
6902 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6904 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6905 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6906 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6907 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6908 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6910 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6911 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6913 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22388 6383 302255
6919 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6920 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6922 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6923 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22388
6930 ;;;;;; 6369 112116 36000))
6931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6933 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6935 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6936 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6937 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6938 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6939 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6941 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6942 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6943 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6944 and disables it otherwise.
6946 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6947 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6948 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6949 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6951 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6952 documenting what its argument does.
6954 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6955 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6956 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6957 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6958 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6959 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6960 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6961 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6963 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6964 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6965 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6966 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6967 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6968 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6969 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6970 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6971 the minor mode is global):
6973 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6974 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6975 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6976 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6977 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6978 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6979 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6980 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6981 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6982 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6983 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6984 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6985 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6986 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6987 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6988 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6989 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6990 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6991 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6992 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6995 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6996 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6998 For example, you could write
6999 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7000 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
7003 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7005 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7007 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7009 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7011 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7012 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7013 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7014 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7015 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7016 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7017 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7018 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7019 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7020 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7021 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7022 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7024 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7025 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7026 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7027 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7028 call another major mode in their body.
7030 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7031 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7032 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7034 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7036 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7038 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7039 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7040 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7041 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7042 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7043 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7044 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7046 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7048 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7049 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7050 :inherit Parent keymap.
7052 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7053 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7055 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7057 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7058 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7059 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7060 the constant's documentation.
7062 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7064 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7065 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7066 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7068 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22388
7073 ;;;;;; 6369 115116 66000))
7074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7076 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7077 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7078 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7079 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7081 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7082 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7083 as a top-level menu bar item.
7085 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7086 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7090 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7091 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7092 items to actually display.
7095 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7096 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7097 alias for `:visible'.
7100 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7101 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7102 an alias for `:active'.
7104 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7105 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7107 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7109 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7111 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7112 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7114 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7115 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7117 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7119 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7121 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7122 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7125 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7126 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7127 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7128 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7131 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7132 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7133 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7134 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7137 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7138 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7139 alias for `:active'.
7142 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7143 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7147 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7148 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7151 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7152 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7155 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7156 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7157 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7160 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7161 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7164 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7166 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7167 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7168 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7170 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7171 MENU. This is a submenu.
7173 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7175 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7177 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7180 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7182 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7183 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7184 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7185 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7187 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7189 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7190 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7191 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7192 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7193 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7194 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7196 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7197 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7198 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7200 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7201 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7202 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7204 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7205 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7207 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22388 6385
7212 ;;;;;; 685279 22000))
7213 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7214 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Customization for ebnf group.
7221 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7222 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7224 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7226 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7229 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7231 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7236 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7237 killed after process termination.
7239 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7241 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7246 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7247 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7250 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7251 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7252 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7253 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7255 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7259 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7261 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7263 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7266 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7268 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7271 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7273 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7278 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7279 killed after process termination.
7281 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7283 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7285 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7287 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7288 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7290 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7294 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7295 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7296 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7298 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7300 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7302 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7303 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7305 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7307 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7310 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7312 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7314 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7315 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7317 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7318 killed after EPS generation.
7320 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7322 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7327 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7328 The EPS file name has the following form:
7330 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7332 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7333 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7335 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7336 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7337 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7338 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7339 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7341 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7346 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7347 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7349 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7350 The EPS file name has the following form:
7352 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7354 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7355 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7357 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7358 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7359 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7360 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7361 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7363 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7366 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7368 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7370 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7371 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7373 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7375 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7378 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7380 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7382 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7383 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7385 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7386 killed after syntax checking.
7388 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7390 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7392 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7393 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7397 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7398 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7400 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7402 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7403 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7407 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7408 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7410 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7414 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7415 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7417 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7419 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7421 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7424 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7428 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7429 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7431 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7433 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7435 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7436 Set STYLE as the current style.
7438 Returns the old style symbol.
7440 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7444 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7445 Reset current style.
7447 Returns the old style symbol.
7449 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7451 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7453 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7454 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7456 Returns the old style symbol.
7458 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7460 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7462 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7464 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7465 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7467 Returns the old style symbol.
7469 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7471 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22388 6385
7478 ;;;;;; 813280 281000))
7479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7481 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7482 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7483 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7484 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7485 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7486 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7488 Tree mode key bindings:
7489 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7493 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7494 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7499 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7504 View declaration of member at point.
7508 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7509 Find declaration of member at point.
7513 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7514 View definition of member at point.
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7519 Find definition of member at point.
7523 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7524 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7528 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7529 View definition of member at point in other window.
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7534 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7539 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7544 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7548 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7549 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7554 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7555 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7556 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7559 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7561 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7562 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7563 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7564 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7566 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7568 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7569 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7570 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7571 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7573 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7575 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7576 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7577 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7579 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7581 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7582 Search for call sites of a member.
7583 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7584 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7585 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7586 looks like a function call to the member.
7588 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7590 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7591 Move backward in the position stack.
7592 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7596 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7597 Move forward in the position stack.
7598 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7602 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7603 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7607 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7608 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7612 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7613 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7614 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7615 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7617 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7619 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7620 Display statistics for a class tree.
7626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22388 5703 376569
7628 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7630 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7631 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7632 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7633 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7634 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7635 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7636 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7638 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7640 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7641 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7642 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7643 also has this effect.
7644 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7645 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7646 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7647 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7648 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7649 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7650 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7651 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7652 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7653 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22388 5703 407569
7661 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7663 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7664 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7665 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7667 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22388 6371
7672 ;;;;;; 666141 154000))
7673 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7675 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22388 6368 441109 438000))
7683 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7684 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7686 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7687 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7688 See the `global-ede-mode' command
7689 for a description of this minor mode.
7690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7691 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7692 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7694 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7696 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7697 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7702 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7703 an EDE controlled project.
7705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22388 6369
7710 ;;;;;; 157116 479000))
7711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7713 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7714 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7715 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7716 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7717 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7719 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7720 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7721 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7722 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7724 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7726 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7727 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7728 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7729 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7731 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7733 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7734 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7735 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7736 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7738 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7740 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7742 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7743 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7744 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7745 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7746 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7748 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7749 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7750 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7751 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7752 instrumented for Edebug.
7754 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7755 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7756 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7757 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7762 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7763 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7767 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7768 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22388 6391 36331 645000))
7775 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7776 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7778 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7779 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7781 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7783 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7784 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7786 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7788 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7790 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7792 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7793 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7794 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7795 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7799 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7801 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7802 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7806 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7809 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7811 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7813 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7814 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7816 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7818 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7820 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7821 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7822 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7823 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7825 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7827 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7829 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7830 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7831 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7832 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7834 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7836 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7838 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7839 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7840 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7841 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7843 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7845 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7847 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7848 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7849 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7850 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7852 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7854 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7856 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7857 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7858 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7859 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7860 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7861 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7863 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7865 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7866 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7867 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7868 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7870 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7872 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7875 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7876 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7877 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7879 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7881 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7883 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7885 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7886 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7887 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7889 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7890 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7892 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7894 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7895 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7896 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7898 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7899 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7901 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7903 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7904 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7905 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7906 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7907 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7909 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7911 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7912 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7913 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7914 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7915 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7916 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7918 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7920 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7922 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7923 Merge two files without ancestor.
7925 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7927 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7928 Merge two files with ancestor.
7930 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7932 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7934 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7935 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7937 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7939 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7940 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7942 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7944 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7945 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7946 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7949 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7951 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7952 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7953 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7956 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7958 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7959 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7960 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7961 and don't ask the user.
7962 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7963 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7965 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7967 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7968 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7969 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7970 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7971 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7972 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7973 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7974 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7976 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7978 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7980 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7982 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7983 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7984 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7985 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7986 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7988 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7990 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7992 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7993 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7994 When called interactively, displays the version.
7998 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7999 Display Ediff's manual.
8000 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8002 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8004 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
8009 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8014 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8019 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8024 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8029 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8034 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8039 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22388 6390
8047 ;;;;;; 831329 629000))
8048 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8050 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22388 6390
8058 ;;;;;; 876330 72000))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8061 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8062 Display Ediff's registry.
8066 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22388 6390
8071 ;;;;;; 954330 839000))
8072 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8074 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8075 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8076 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8081 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8082 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8083 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8084 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22388 5703 410569 343000))
8091 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8092 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8094 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8095 Edit a keyboard macro.
8096 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8097 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8098 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8100 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8102 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8104 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8105 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8107 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8109 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8110 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8112 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8114 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8115 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8116 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8117 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8118 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8119 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8121 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8122 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8123 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8124 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8126 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8128 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8129 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8130 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8131 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8132 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8133 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8135 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22388 6369 879123
8141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8143 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8145 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8146 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8148 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8150 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8151 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22388 5703 411569 352000))
8158 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8160 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8161 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8162 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8163 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8164 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8165 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8166 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8168 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8169 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8171 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8172 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8173 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8174 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8176 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8177 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8178 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8180 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8181 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8182 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8184 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8186 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8189 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22388 6369 284117
8195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8196 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22420
8201 ;;;;;; 38537 268424 423000))
8202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8203 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8205 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8206 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8207 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8208 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8209 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8210 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8211 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8213 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22388 5703 414569
8219 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8221 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8222 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8224 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8225 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8226 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8228 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8230 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8231 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8232 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
8233 for a description of this minor mode.
8234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8235 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8236 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8238 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8240 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8241 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8243 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8244 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8246 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8247 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8248 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8249 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8253 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8254 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22388 5703 450569
8262 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8264 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8265 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8267 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8268 an elided material again.
8270 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22388 6369 300117
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8280 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8285 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8286 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8287 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8289 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8291 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8292 Lint the current buffer.
8293 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8297 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8298 Lint the function at point.
8299 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8303 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8305 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8306 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8308 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22388 6369 328118
8314 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8316 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8317 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8318 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8320 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8322 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8323 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8324 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8325 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8327 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8329 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8330 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8331 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8333 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8335 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8337 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8338 Display current profiling results.
8339 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8340 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22388 5703 453569
8349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8351 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8352 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8353 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8354 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8355 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8356 ARG is omitted or nil.
8358 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8359 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8360 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8363 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8365 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8366 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8367 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8369 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22388 6375 470178
8377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8379 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8380 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8381 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8383 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8385 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22388 6391 68331 960000))
8390 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8392 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8393 Run Emerge on two files.
8395 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8397 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8398 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8400 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8403 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8405 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8408 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8410 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8412 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8417 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8422 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8425 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8427 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8430 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8432 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8433 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8435 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8437 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8438 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8440 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8442 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8445 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22388 6389
8450 ;;;;;; 248314 61000))
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8453 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8454 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8455 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8456 text/enriched format.
8458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8459 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8460 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8462 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8464 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8465 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8469 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8473 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8476 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8478 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8481 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22388 5703 490570 130000))
8486 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8488 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8489 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8491 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8493 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8494 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8496 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8499 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8500 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8501 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8502 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8503 the keys are listed.
8504 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8506 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8508 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8509 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8510 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8512 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8514 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8519 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8520 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8522 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8524 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8525 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8527 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8530 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8532 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8533 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8534 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8535 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8537 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8538 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8539 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8540 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8541 should consider using the string based counterpart
8542 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8543 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8547 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8548 (decode-coding-string
8549 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8552 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8554 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8555 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8557 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8558 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8560 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8562 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8564 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8565 Verify the current region between START and END.
8567 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8568 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8569 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8570 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8571 should consider using the string based counterpart
8572 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8573 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8577 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8578 (decode-coding-string
8579 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8582 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8584 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8586 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8587 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8588 between START and END.
8590 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8591 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8593 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8595 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8597 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8598 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8600 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8601 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8602 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8603 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8604 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8605 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8609 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8612 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8614 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8616 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8618 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8619 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8621 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8622 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8623 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8624 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8625 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8626 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8630 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8633 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8636 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8638 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8640 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8641 Delete selected KEYS.
8643 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8645 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8646 Import keys from FILE.
8650 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8651 Import keys from the region.
8653 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8655 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8656 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8657 between START and END.
8659 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8661 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8662 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8664 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8666 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8667 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22388 5703 456569
8675 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8677 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8678 Decrypt marked files.
8682 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8683 Verify marked files.
8687 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8692 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8693 Encrypt marked files.
8699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22388 5703 456569
8701 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8703 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8706 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8708 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8713 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22388 5703 459569
8722 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8724 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8725 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8727 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8728 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8732 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8733 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8734 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8738 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8740 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8741 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8742 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8746 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8748 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8749 Sign the current buffer.
8750 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8752 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8754 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8756 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8757 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8758 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8759 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8760 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8761 and also whether and how to sign.
8763 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8764 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8765 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8767 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8769 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8771 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8772 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8773 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8777 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8779 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8780 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8781 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
8782 for a description of this minor mode.
8783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8785 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8787 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8789 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8790 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8791 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8792 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8793 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22388 5703 495570 179000))
8800 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8801 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8803 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8804 Return a context object.
8806 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22388 5703 494570
8812 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8814 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8815 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8816 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8817 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8819 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8820 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8821 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8822 entry until the version requirement is met.
8824 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8826 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8827 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8831 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8833 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8834 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8836 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8838 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8839 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8841 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22388 6370 962134 230000))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8847 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8849 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8850 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8854 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8855 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8856 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8858 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8860 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8861 (server (erc-compute-server))
8862 (port (erc-compute-port))
8863 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8865 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8867 That is, if called with
8869 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8871 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8872 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8873 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8875 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8877 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8879 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8880 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8881 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8883 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8885 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8886 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8887 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8888 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8890 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22388
8895 ;;;;;; 6370 614130 808000))
8896 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8897 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22388 6370
8902 ;;;;;; 674131 398000))
8903 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8904 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22388 6370
8909 ;;;;;; 700131 653000))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8911 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22388 6370
8916 ;;;;;; 700131 653000))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8918 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22388 6370 705131
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8925 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8927 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8928 Parser for /dcc command.
8929 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8930 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8931 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8933 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8936 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8940 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8941 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8943 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8944 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8945 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8948 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8953 ;;;;;; (22388 6370 744132 87000))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8955 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22388
8960 ;;;;;; 6370 745132 97000))
8961 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8963 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8964 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8966 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8968 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8969 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8970 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8971 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8973 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8975 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8978 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8980 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8981 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8983 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8985 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8986 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8988 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8990 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8991 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8993 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8995 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8996 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8998 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9000 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9001 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9003 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9005 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9006 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9008 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9010 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9011 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9015 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9016 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22388 6370 745132
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9025 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9027 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9028 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9029 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22388 6370
9036 ;;;;;; 750132 146000))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9038 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9040 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9041 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9042 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9043 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9044 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9045 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9048 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9050 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9053 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22388 6370
9058 ;;;;;; 751132 156000))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22388 6370 751132
9070 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9071 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22388 6370 758132
9077 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9078 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22388 6370 777132
9084 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9085 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9087 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9088 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9089 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9090 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9091 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9092 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9094 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9096 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9097 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9098 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9099 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9101 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9102 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9105 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9106 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9108 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22388 6370
9113 ;;;;;; 796132 598000))
9114 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9115 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9117 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9118 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9122 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9123 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9127 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9128 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9132 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9133 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9137 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9138 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9142 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9143 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9147 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9148 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9152 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9153 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22388 6370 796132
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9162 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22388
9167 ;;;;;; 6370 798132 618000))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9169 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9171 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22388
9179 ;;;;;; 6370 799132 627000))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9182 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9183 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9184 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9185 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9189 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9190 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22388 6370
9197 ;;;;;; 837133 1000))
9198 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9199 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9201 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9202 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9203 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9204 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9206 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9208 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22388 6370 837133
9217 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9218 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22388
9223 ;;;;;; 6370 839133 21000))
9224 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9225 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22388 6370
9230 ;;;;;; 839133 21000))
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9232 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22388 6370 841133
9238 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9239 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22388
9244 ;;;;;; 6370 841133 40000))
9245 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9246 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9248 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9249 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9253 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9254 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9255 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9257 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22388 6370
9262 ;;;;;; 843133 60000))
9263 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9264 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22388
9269 ;;;;;; 6370 843133 60000))
9270 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9272 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9273 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9274 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22388
9281 ;;;;;; 6370 844133 70000))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9283 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22388 6370
9288 ;;;;;; 857133 197000))
9289 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9290 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22388 6370
9295 ;;;;;; 879133 414000))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9298 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9299 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9300 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
9301 for a description of this minor mode.")
9303 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9305 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9306 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9308 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9309 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9311 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9312 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9313 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9314 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9317 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22388
9322 ;;;;;; 6370 879133 414000))
9323 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9324 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9326 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9327 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9328 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9329 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9331 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9333 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9334 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9335 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22388 6370 880133
9343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9344 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9346 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9347 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22388 6369 379118
9355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9357 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9358 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9360 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9361 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9363 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9364 useful for assertions in BODY.
9366 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9368 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9369 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9370 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9372 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9374 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9376 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9378 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9380 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9382 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9383 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9385 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9386 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9387 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9388 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9390 Returns the stats object.
9392 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9394 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9395 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9397 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9398 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9399 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9402 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9404 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9405 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9407 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9408 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9409 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9410 and how to display message.
9412 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9414 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9416 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9417 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9419 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22388 6369 330118
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9427 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9429 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9430 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22388 6370
9437 ;;;;;; 366128 369000))
9438 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9440 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9441 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22388 6370 441129
9449 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9450 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9452 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9453 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9454 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9455 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9456 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9457 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9458 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9459 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9460 buffer selected (or created).
9462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9464 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9465 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9466 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9468 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9470 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9471 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9472 The result might be any Lisp object.
9473 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9474 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9475 corresponding to a successful execution.
9477 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9479 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22489 43024 128096
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9487 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9488 File name of tags table.
9489 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9490 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9491 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9492 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9493 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9495 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9496 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9497 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9498 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9500 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9502 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9503 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9504 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9505 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9506 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9507 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9509 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9511 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9512 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9513 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9515 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9517 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9518 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9519 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9520 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9521 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9523 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9525 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9526 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9527 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9528 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9530 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9532 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9533 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9534 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9535 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9536 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9538 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9540 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9541 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9545 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9546 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9547 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9548 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9550 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9551 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9552 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9553 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9554 file the tag was in.
9556 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9558 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9559 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9560 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9561 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9562 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9563 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9564 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9565 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9566 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9568 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9570 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9571 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9572 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9573 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9574 without directory names.
9578 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9582 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9583 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9586 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9588 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9589 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9590 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9591 but does not select the buffer.
9592 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9594 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9595 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9596 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9597 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9598 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9600 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9602 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9603 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9604 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9606 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9608 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9610 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9611 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9612 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9613 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9615 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9616 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9617 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9618 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9619 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9621 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9623 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9624 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9625 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9627 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9629 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9631 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9633 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9634 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9635 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9636 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9637 around or before point.
9639 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9640 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9641 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9642 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9643 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9645 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9647 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9648 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9649 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9651 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9653 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9655 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9657 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9658 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9659 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9660 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9661 around or before point.
9663 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9664 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9665 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9666 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9667 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9669 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9671 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9672 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9673 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9675 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9677 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9679 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9681 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9682 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9683 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9685 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9686 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9687 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9688 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9689 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9691 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9693 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9694 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9695 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9697 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9699 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9701 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9703 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9705 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9706 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9708 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9709 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9710 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9712 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9713 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9715 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9716 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9718 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9720 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9721 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9722 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9723 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9725 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9726 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9727 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9728 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9729 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9731 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9733 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9734 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9735 Stops when a match is found.
9736 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9738 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9739 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9740 restricted to these files.
9742 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9744 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9746 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9747 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9748 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9749 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9750 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9751 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9753 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9754 produce the list of files to search.
9756 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9758 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9760 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9761 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9762 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9763 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9764 directory specification.
9766 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9768 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9769 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9771 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9773 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9775 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9776 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9777 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9778 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9782 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9783 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9784 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9785 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9786 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9790 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22388
9798 ;;;;;; 6374 991173 853000))
9799 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9801 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9806 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9807 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9809 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9810 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9812 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9813 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9816 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9817 even if the buffer is read-only.
9819 See also the descriptions of the variables
9820 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9822 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9824 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9825 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9827 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9828 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9830 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9831 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9834 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9835 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9837 See also the descriptions of the variables
9838 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9840 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9842 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9843 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9844 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9845 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9847 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9849 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9850 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9851 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9852 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9854 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9855 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9858 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9859 buffer is read-only.
9861 See also the descriptions of the variables
9862 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9863 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9865 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9867 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9868 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9870 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9871 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9873 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9874 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9875 the primary language.
9877 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9878 buffer is read-only.
9880 See also the descriptions of the variables
9881 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9882 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9884 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9886 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9887 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9888 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9890 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9892 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9893 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9897 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9898 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9900 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9901 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9904 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9905 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9906 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9908 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9910 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9912 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9913 This function is deprecated.
9917 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9918 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9922 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9923 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9927 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9928 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9930 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9931 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9933 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9934 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9938 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9939 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9943 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9944 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9948 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9949 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9953 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9954 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9955 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9959 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9962 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22388 6377 395197 495000))
9967 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9969 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9970 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9971 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9972 server for future sessions.
9974 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9976 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9977 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9978 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9980 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9982 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9983 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9984 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9986 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9988 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9989 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9990 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9991 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9992 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9993 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9994 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9995 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9996 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9997 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9998 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9999 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10001 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10003 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10004 Display a form to query the directory server.
10005 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10006 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10008 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10010 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10011 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10012 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10016 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22388 6377 358197
10022 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10024 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
10025 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10027 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10029 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
10030 Display URL and make it clickable.
10032 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10034 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
10035 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10037 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10039 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
10040 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10042 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10044 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
10045 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10047 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10049 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
10050 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10052 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22388 6377
10057 ;;;;;; 358197 131000))
10058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10060 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
10061 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10062 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10066 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
10067 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22388
10074 ;;;;;; 6377 361197 160000))
10075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10077 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
10078 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22388 6369 386118
10086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10088 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
10089 Create an empty ewoc.
10091 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10093 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10094 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10095 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10096 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10097 `insert-before-markers'.
10099 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10100 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10101 respectively, of the ewoc.
10103 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10104 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10105 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10107 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22388 6377 438197 918000))
10112 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10114 (defvar eww-suggest-uris
'(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url
) "\
10115 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10116 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10117 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10118 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10120 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris
"eww" t
)
10122 (autoload 'eww
"eww" "\
10123 Fetch URL and render the page.
10124 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10125 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10128 (defalias 'browse-web
'eww
)
10130 (autoload 'eww-open-file
"eww" "\
10131 Render FILE using EWW.
10135 (autoload 'eww-search-words
"eww" "\
10136 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10137 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10139 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil
)
10141 (autoload 'eww-mode
"eww" "\
10142 Mode for browsing the web.
10146 (autoload 'eww-browse-url
"eww" "\
10149 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil
)
10151 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks
"eww" "\
10152 Display the bookmarks.
10158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22388
10159 ;;;;;; 6386 103283 133000))
10160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10162 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
10163 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10164 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10166 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10168 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
10169 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10170 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10171 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10172 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10174 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10176 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
10177 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10178 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10179 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10180 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10183 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10185 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10186 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10187 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22388 5703 536570 582000))
10195 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10197 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10198 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10199 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10200 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10202 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10204 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10205 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10206 to generate such functions.
10208 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10209 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10210 beginning of the expanded text.
10212 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10213 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10214 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10215 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10217 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10219 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10221 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10222 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10223 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10227 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10228 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10229 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10233 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10234 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10235 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10238 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10239 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22388 6386 142283
10245 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10247 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10248 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10249 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10251 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10252 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10253 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10255 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10260 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10263 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10265 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10267 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10268 `f90-program-indent'
10269 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10271 `f90-associate-indent'
10272 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10273 `f90-critical-indent'
10274 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10275 `f90-continuation-indent'
10276 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10277 `f90-comment-region'
10278 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10279 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10280 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10281 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10283 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10284 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10285 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10286 `f90-break-delimiters'
10287 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10288 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10289 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10290 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10292 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10293 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10295 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10296 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10297 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10298 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10299 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10300 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10301 `f90-leave-line-no'
10302 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10304 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10305 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22388 5703 600571
10313 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10315 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
10316 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10317 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10318 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10320 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10321 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10322 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10323 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10324 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10326 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10327 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10328 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10329 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10330 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10331 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10334 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10335 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10337 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10339 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
10340 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10341 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10342 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10344 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
10346 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
10347 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10348 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10349 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10351 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10352 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10353 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10355 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10356 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10357 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10358 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10360 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10362 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
10363 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10364 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10366 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10367 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10368 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10371 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil
)
10373 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
10374 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10375 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10377 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10378 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10379 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10380 will remove any scaling currently active.
10384 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
10385 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10386 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10389 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10390 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10391 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10392 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10394 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
10395 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10397 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10399 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10400 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10402 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10403 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10404 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10406 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10407 the face height as long as the input event read
10408 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10410 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10411 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10412 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10413 will remove any scaling currently active.
10415 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10416 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10417 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10418 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10419 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10423 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
10424 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10425 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10426 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10427 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10428 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10432 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
10433 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10434 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10435 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10436 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10437 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10438 `buffer-face-mode'.
10440 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10441 local, and sets it to FACE.
10443 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10445 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
10446 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10447 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10448 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10449 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10450 `face' text property.
10452 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10453 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10454 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10455 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10457 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10458 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10460 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10462 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
10463 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10464 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10465 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22388 6375 510178
10473 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10474 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions
)
10476 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
10477 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10478 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10479 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10483 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
10484 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10488 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
10489 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10490 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10491 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10495 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
10496 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10497 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10498 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10499 backup file names and the like).
10501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10503 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
10504 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10505 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10506 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10507 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10508 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10509 internally by feedmail):
10511 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10512 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10513 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10514 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10516 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10517 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10518 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10519 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10520 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10522 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
10526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22388 5703 738572 568000))
10527 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10529 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
10530 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10531 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10532 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10533 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10534 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10535 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10537 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
10539 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
10540 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10541 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10542 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10543 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10544 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10545 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10547 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10549 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
10551 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
10552 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10553 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10554 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10555 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10556 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10558 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
10560 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
10561 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10562 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10564 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10565 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10570 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
10571 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10572 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10574 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10576 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point
"ffap" "\
10577 Try to get a file name at point.
10578 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10582 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
10583 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22388 5703 754572
10591 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10593 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
10594 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10595 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10596 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10598 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
10601 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10602 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10603 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10604 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10605 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10607 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10609 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
10610 Add FILE to the file cache.
10614 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
10615 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10616 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10618 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
10620 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
10621 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10622 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10624 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
10626 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
10627 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10628 This function does not use any external programs.
10629 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10630 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10631 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10633 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10635 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
10636 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10637 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10638 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10639 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10640 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10641 \(directories) is done.
10647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22388 5703 780572
10649 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10651 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event
"filenotify" "\
10652 Handle file system monitoring event.
10653 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10655 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10657 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10659 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22388 5703 781572 992000))
10664 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10666 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10667 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10669 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10670 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10671 Local Variables list.
10673 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10674 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10675 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10677 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10679 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10680 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10682 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10684 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10685 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10687 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10688 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10691 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10692 then this function adds it.
10694 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10696 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10697 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10699 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil
)
10701 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10702 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10704 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10706 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10707 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10709 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10711 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10712 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10716 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10717 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10721 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10722 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22388 5704 35575
10730 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10732 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10733 Filesets initialization.
10734 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22388 5704 81575
10742 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10743 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions
)
10745 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10746 Initiate the building of a find command.
10749 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10750 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10752 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10754 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10755 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10757 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22388 5704 84575
10763 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10765 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10766 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10767 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10769 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10771 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10772 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10774 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10776 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10777 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10778 and run Dired on those files.
10779 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10780 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10782 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10784 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10786 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10788 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10789 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10790 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10792 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10793 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10795 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10796 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10798 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22388 5704 85575
10804 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10806 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10807 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10808 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10809 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10810 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10811 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10812 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10814 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs
"find-file" t
)
10816 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10817 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10818 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10820 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10822 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10824 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10826 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10827 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10828 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10830 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10831 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10833 Variables of interest include:
10835 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10836 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10837 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10839 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10840 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10841 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10843 - `ff-ignore-include'
10844 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10846 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10847 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10850 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10852 - `ff-special-constructs'
10853 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10854 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10855 extracting the filename from that construct.
10857 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10858 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10860 - `ff-search-directories'
10861 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10862 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10864 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10865 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10867 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10868 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10870 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10871 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10873 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10874 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10876 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10877 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10879 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10881 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10882 Visit the file you click on.
10884 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10886 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10887 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10889 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22420
10894 ;;;;;; 38537 268424 423000))
10895 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10897 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10898 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10899 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10901 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10903 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10904 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10905 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10906 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10908 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10909 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10910 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10911 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10913 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10915 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10916 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10918 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10919 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10920 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10921 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10923 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10924 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10925 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10927 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10928 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10931 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil
)
10933 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10934 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10936 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10937 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10938 places point before the definition.
10939 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10941 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10942 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10943 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10945 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10947 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10948 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10950 See `find-function' for more details.
10952 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10954 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10955 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10957 See `find-function' for more details.
10959 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10961 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10962 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10964 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10965 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10966 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10968 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10969 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10971 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10973 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10974 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10976 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10977 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10978 places point before the definition.
10980 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10982 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10983 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10984 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10986 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10988 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10989 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10991 See `find-variable' for more details.
10993 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10995 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10996 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10998 See `find-variable' for more details.
11000 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
11002 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
11003 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11004 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11005 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11006 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11007 buffer nor display it.
11009 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11010 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11012 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
11014 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
11015 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11017 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11018 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11019 places point before the definition.
11021 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11023 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11024 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11025 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11029 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
11030 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11031 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11035 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window
"find-func" "\
11036 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11037 See `find-function-on-key'.
11041 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame
"find-func" "\
11042 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11043 See `find-function-on-key'.
11047 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
11048 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11052 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
11053 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11057 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
11058 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22388 5704 89576
11066 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11068 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
11069 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11071 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
11073 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
11074 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11078 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
11079 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11081 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
11085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22388 5704 124576 364000))
11086 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11087 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions
)
11089 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
11090 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11094 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
11095 Display FILE's commentary section.
11096 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11100 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
11101 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22388 5704 128576
11109 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11111 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
11112 Toggle flow control handling.
11113 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11114 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11116 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
11118 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
11119 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11120 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11121 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11122 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11123 to get the effect of a C-q.
11125 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
11129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22388 6371
11130 ;;;;;; 667141 163000))
11131 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11133 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
11136 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
11138 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
11141 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
11145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22388 6386
11146 ;;;;;; 215284 234000))
11147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11148 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
11150 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
11151 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11153 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11154 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11155 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11159 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
11160 Turn flymake mode on.
11164 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
11165 Turn flymake mode off.
11169 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook
"flymake" "\
11176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22388 6389
11177 ;;;;;; 329314 858000))
11178 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11180 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
11181 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11184 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
"Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11186 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
11187 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11188 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11189 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11190 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11192 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11193 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11194 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11197 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11198 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11199 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11200 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11203 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11206 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11207 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11208 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11210 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11212 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11215 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11216 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11220 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11221 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11225 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11226 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11230 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
11231 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11235 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
11236 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11238 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
11240 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
11241 Flyspell whole buffer.
11247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22388 5704 128576 404000))
11248 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11249 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions
)
11253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22388 5704 168576 797000))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11256 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11257 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11261 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11262 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11266 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
11267 Toggle Follow mode.
11268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11272 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11273 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11275 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11276 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11277 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11279 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11280 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11281 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11284 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
11285 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
11286 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
11287 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
11288 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11291 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11292 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11294 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11296 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11298 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11299 \\{follow-mode-map}
11301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11303 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window
"follow" "\
11304 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
11305 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11307 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11308 the window will be visible after the scroll.
11310 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11311 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11313 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11317 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window
"follow" "\
11318 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
11319 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11321 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11322 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
11324 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11325 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11327 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11331 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up
"follow" "\
11332 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11334 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11335 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11337 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11338 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11340 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11344 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down
"follow" "\
11345 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11347 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11348 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11350 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11351 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11353 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11357 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
11358 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11360 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11361 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11362 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11363 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11364 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11365 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11367 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11368 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11369 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22388 6375 555179
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11378 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions
)
11380 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
11381 Toggle Footnote mode.
11382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11383 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11384 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11386 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11387 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11388 play around with the following keys:
11389 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22388 5704 290577 997000))
11396 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11398 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
11399 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11401 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11402 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11403 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11404 C-c < forms-first-record <
11405 C-c > forms-last-record >
11406 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11407 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11408 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11409 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11410 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11411 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11412 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11413 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11414 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11415 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11417 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
11419 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
11420 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11424 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
11425 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22388 6386
11432 ;;;;;; 297285 40000))
11433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11435 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
11436 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11437 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11439 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11440 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11442 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11445 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11447 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11449 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11450 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11451 `fortran-do-indent'
11452 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11453 `fortran-if-indent'
11454 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11455 `fortran-structure-indent'
11456 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11458 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11459 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11460 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11461 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11462 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11463 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11464 nil don't change the indentation
11465 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11467 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11468 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11469 depending on the continuation format in use.
11470 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11471 indentation for a line of code.
11473 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11474 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11475 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11476 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11477 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11478 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11479 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11480 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11481 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11482 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11484 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11485 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11486 statements (default nil).
11487 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11488 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11489 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11490 `fortran-continuation-string'
11491 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11492 line (default \"$\").
11493 `fortran-comment-region'
11494 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11495 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11496 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11497 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11498 as typed (default t).
11499 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11500 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11502 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11503 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22388 6383 331255
11511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11513 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
11514 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11516 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11517 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11519 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
11521 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
11522 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11524 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11525 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11527 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
11529 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
11530 Compile fortune file.
11532 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11533 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11535 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11537 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
11538 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11540 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11541 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11542 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11543 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11545 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11547 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
11548 Display a fortune cookie.
11549 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11550 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11551 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11552 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11554 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22388 5704 371578
11560 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11562 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist
'((name .
:never
) (left . frameset-filter-iconified
) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer
) (top . frameset-filter-iconified
)) "\
11563 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11564 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11566 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist
(nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color
) (buffer-list .
:never
) (buffer-predicate .
:never
) (buried-buffer-list .
:never
) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color
) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param
) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (outer-window-id .
:never
) (parent-id .
:never
) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI
) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI
) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param
) (window-id .
:never
) (window-system .
:never
)) frameset-session-filter-alist
) "\
11567 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11568 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11570 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist
"\
11571 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11573 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11574 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11576 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11577 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11578 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11579 intend to modify existing values, do
11581 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11583 before changing anything.
11585 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11586 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11588 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11589 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11590 to restore the frame.
11592 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11593 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11594 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11596 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11597 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11598 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11599 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11600 FILTER A filter function.
11602 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11603 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11605 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11609 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11610 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11611 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11612 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11613 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11614 before restoring it.
11615 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11617 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11619 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11620 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11621 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11623 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11624 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11626 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id
"frameset" "\
11627 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11628 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11629 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11630 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11631 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11632 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11634 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil
)
11636 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p
"frameset" "\
11637 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11639 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil
)
11641 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id
"frameset" "\
11642 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11643 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11644 If nil, check all live frames.
11646 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil
)
11648 (autoload 'frameset-save
"frameset" "\
11649 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11650 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11651 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11652 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11653 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11654 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11655 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11656 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11657 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11658 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11660 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil
)
11662 (autoload 'frameset-restore
"frameset" "\
11663 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11665 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11666 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11667 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11668 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11669 and window-state is not restored.
11671 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11672 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11674 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11675 t All existing frames can be reused.
11676 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11677 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11678 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11679 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11681 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11682 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11683 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11684 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11685 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11686 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11687 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11688 be created from that parameter alist.
11690 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11691 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11692 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11693 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11694 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11695 - the live frame just restored,
11696 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11697 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11698 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11700 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11701 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11702 nil Keep all frames.
11703 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11704 - FRAME, a live frame.
11705 - ACTION, which can be one of
11706 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11707 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11708 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11709 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11710 Return value is ignored.
11712 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11713 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11714 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11715 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11716 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11718 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11720 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil
)
11722 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register
"frameset" "\
11723 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11724 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11726 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
11728 (autoload 'frameset--print-register
"frameset" "\
11729 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11730 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11732 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
11734 (autoload 'frameset-to-register
"frameset" "\
11735 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11736 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11737 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11739 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11741 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil
)
11745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22388 6383 335255
11747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11748 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions
)
11752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22431 53468
11753 ;;;;;; 724634 231000))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11756 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
11757 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11758 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
11759 for a description of this minor mode.")
11761 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" nil
)
11763 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" "\
11764 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11765 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11766 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11767 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11768 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11769 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11773 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
11774 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
11776 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
11777 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
11778 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
11780 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
11781 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
11782 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
11783 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
11785 COMMAND-LINE should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11786 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11788 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11789 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11790 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11791 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11793 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11794 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11795 shown in some of the buffers.
11797 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11799 The following commands help control operation :
11801 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11802 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11804 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11805 detailed description of this mode.
11808 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11810 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11811 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11815 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11816 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11817 | | (comint-mode) |
11824 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11825 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11826 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11827 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11828 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11829 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11831 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22388 6369
11836 ;;;;;; 423119 95000))
11837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11839 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
11840 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11841 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11842 instead (which see).")
11844 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
11845 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11847 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11848 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11849 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11850 documentation string instead.
11852 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11853 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11854 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11855 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11856 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11857 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11858 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11859 enders are actually possible.
11861 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11862 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11864 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11865 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11866 `font-lock-keywords'.
11868 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11869 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11870 runs the macro expansion.
11872 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11873 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11874 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11876 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11878 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t
)
11880 (function-put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
11882 (function-put 'define-generic-mode
'doc-string-elt
'7)
11884 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
11885 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11887 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
11889 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
11890 Enter generic mode MODE.
11892 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11893 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11894 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11896 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11897 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11901 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
11902 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11903 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11904 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11905 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11906 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11907 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11908 `font-lock-keywords'.
11910 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
11912 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list
'regexp-opt
'"24.4")
11916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22388 6386
11917 ;;;;;; 507287 105000))
11918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11920 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
11921 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11923 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11924 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11925 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22388 6371
11932 ;;;;;; 667141 163000))
11933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11935 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
11936 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11937 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11939 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
11941 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
11942 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11944 Guideline for numbers:
11946 3 - non-serious error messages
11947 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11948 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11949 9 - messages inside loops.
11951 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11953 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
11954 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11955 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11957 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11959 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11960 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11962 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11964 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11965 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11967 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11968 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11969 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11970 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11971 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11972 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11974 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11975 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11976 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11977 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11978 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11980 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11982 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22388 6373 163155 876000))
11987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11988 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions
)
11989 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11990 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11992 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11993 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11997 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11999 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
12000 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
12001 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
12002 name of an NNTP server to use.
12003 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
12006 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
12008 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
12009 Read news as a slave.
12011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12013 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
12014 Pop up a frame to read news.
12015 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12016 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12017 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
12018 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
12019 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12020 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12021 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12022 current display is used.
12024 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
12026 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
12028 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12029 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12030 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12032 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
12036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22388 6371
12037 ;;;;;; 716141 645000))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12040 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
12041 Start Gnus unplugged.
12045 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
12046 Start Gnus plugged.
12050 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
12051 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12055 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
12056 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12058 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12059 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12060 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12062 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12063 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12064 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12068 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
12069 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12073 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
12074 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12075 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12076 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12077 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12080 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
12082 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
12083 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12084 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12085 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12086 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12089 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
12091 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
12092 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12096 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
12097 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12098 downloaded into the agent.
12100 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
12102 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
12103 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12104 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12105 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12107 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
12109 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
12110 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12114 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
12115 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12119 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
12120 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12121 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12123 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
12127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22388 6371 843142
12129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12131 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
12132 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22388
12139 ;;;;;; 6371 929143 740000))
12140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12142 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
12143 Set a bookmark for this article.
12147 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
12148 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12150 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
12152 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
12153 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12154 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12155 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12156 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22388 6371
12163 ;;;;;; 944143 887000))
12164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12166 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
12167 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12170 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12174 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
12175 Generate the cache active file.
12177 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
12179 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
12180 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12184 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
12185 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12186 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12187 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12188 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12191 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
12193 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
12194 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12195 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12196 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12197 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12200 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
12204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22388 6372
12205 ;;;;;; 21144 645000))
12206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12208 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
12209 Delay this article by some time.
12210 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12212 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12213 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12215 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12216 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12218 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12219 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12221 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
12223 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
12224 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12228 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
12229 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12230 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12231 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12233 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12234 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12236 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
12240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22388 6372
12241 ;;;;;; 22144 655000))
12242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12244 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
12247 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
12249 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
12252 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
12256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22388 6372
12257 ;;;;;; 22144 655000))
12258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12260 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
12261 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22388 6372
12268 ;;;;;; 23144 664000))
12269 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12271 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
12272 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22388 6372 81145
12280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12282 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type
"gnus-fun" "\
12283 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12285 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil
)
12287 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh
"message" nil t
)
12289 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12290 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12292 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12296 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
12297 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12301 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
12302 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12304 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12305 different input formats.
12309 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
12310 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12312 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12313 different input formats.
12317 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
12318 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12319 The PNG is returned as a string.
12321 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
12323 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12324 Convert FILE to a Face.
12325 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12328 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
12330 (autoload 'gnus-random-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12331 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12333 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12337 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
12338 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22388
12345 ;;;;;; 6372 82145 245000))
12346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12348 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
12349 Display gravatar in the From header.
12350 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12352 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12354 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
12355 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12356 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12358 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22388 6372
12363 ;;;;;; 124145 658000))
12364 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12366 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
12367 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12368 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12369 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12371 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
12373 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
12374 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12376 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
12380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22388 6372
12381 ;;;;;; 166146 71000))
12382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12384 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
12387 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
12389 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
12392 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
12396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22388 6372
12397 ;;;;;; 241146 808000))
12398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12400 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
12402 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
12403 Run batched scoring.
12404 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22388 6372 250146
12412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12414 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
12419 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
12420 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12421 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12423 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12425 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
12426 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12428 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22388 6372
12435 ;;;;;; 251146 907000))
12436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12438 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12439 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12440 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12441 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12444 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12445 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12446 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12447 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12449 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12450 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12451 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12452 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12453 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12454 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12455 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12456 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12457 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12458 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12460 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12462 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12463 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12464 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12467 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12468 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12470 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12472 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12473 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12474 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12476 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12480 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12481 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12482 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12484 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12486 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12487 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12488 existing groups are considered.
12490 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12491 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12494 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12495 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12496 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12497 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12498 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12499 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12500 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12501 clauses will be generated.
12503 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12504 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12505 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12506 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12507 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12508 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12510 For example, given the following group parameters:
12513 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12514 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12516 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12517 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12518 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12519 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12521 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12523 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12525 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12527 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12528 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12531 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
12535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22388 6372 285147
12537 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12539 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
12540 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12541 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12542 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12543 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12546 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil
)
12548 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
12551 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12553 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
12554 Like `message-reply'.
12556 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
12558 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
12562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12563 ;;;;;; (22388 6372 289147 280000))
12564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12566 (autoload 'gnus-notifications
"gnus-notifications" "\
12567 Send a notification on new message.
12568 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12569 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12570 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12572 This is typically a function to add in
12573 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22388 6372
12580 ;;;;;; 309147 477000))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12583 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12584 Display picons in the From header.
12585 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12589 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12590 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12591 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12595 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12596 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12597 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22388 6372
12604 ;;;;;; 328147 664000))
12605 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12607 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
12608 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12609 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12610 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12612 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12614 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
12615 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12616 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12619 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12621 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
12622 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12623 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12625 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12627 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12630 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12632 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12633 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12634 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12636 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12638 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12639 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12640 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12642 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
12644 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
12646 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
12647 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12648 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12650 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12652 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
12653 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12654 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12656 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12658 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
12659 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12660 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12662 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12664 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
12665 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12667 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
12671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22388
12672 ;;;;;; 6372 330147 684000))
12673 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12675 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
12676 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12680 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
12681 Install the registry hooks.
12687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22388 6372
12688 ;;;;;; 437148 736000))
12689 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12691 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
12692 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12693 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12694 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12695 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12696 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12700 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
12701 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12702 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12703 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12704 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12708 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
12715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22388 6372
12716 ;;;;;; 457148 932000))
12717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12719 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
12720 Update the format specification near point.
12726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22388 6372
12727 ;;;;;; 548149 827000))
12728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12730 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
12731 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12733 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
12737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22388 6372 777152
12739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12741 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
12742 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12743 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12745 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
12749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22388 6372
12750 ;;;;;; 949153 772000))
12751 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12753 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
12754 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12758 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
12759 Install the sync hooks.
12765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22388 6373 115155
12767 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12769 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
12770 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12772 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
12776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22388 6377 479198
12778 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12780 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits
256 "\
12781 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12782 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12783 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12784 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12785 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12787 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12789 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits
"gnutls" t
)
12793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22388 6383 373256
12795 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12797 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
12798 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12800 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12801 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12802 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12804 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12805 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12806 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12808 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12809 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12811 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12812 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12814 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12816 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
12820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22388 6377
12821 ;;;;;; 479198 321000))
12822 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12824 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
12826 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
12827 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12828 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12829 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12830 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12832 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
12834 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
12835 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12836 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12838 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12839 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12841 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12842 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12845 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
12847 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12848 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12850 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12851 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12855 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12856 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22388 6373 208156
12864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12866 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
12867 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12868 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12870 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
12872 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously
"gravatar" "\
12873 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12875 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22388 6386 514287
12881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12883 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
12884 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12886 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
12888 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
12889 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12890 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12891 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12892 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12894 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12895 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12896 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12898 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
12900 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
12901 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12902 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12903 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12904 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12906 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
12908 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
12909 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12911 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
12913 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face grep-match-face
))) (when mbeg
(- mbeg beg
))))) lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face grep-match-face
)) (mend (and mbeg
(next-single-property-change mbeg
'font-lock-face nil end
)))) (when mend
(- mend beg
)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
12914 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12916 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
12917 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12918 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12920 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
12921 The default find program.
12922 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12925 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
12926 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12927 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12928 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12930 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
12931 How to invoke find and grep.
12932 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12933 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12934 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12935 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12937 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12939 (defvar grep-history nil
"\
12940 History list for grep.")
12942 (defvar grep-find-history nil
"\
12943 History list for grep-find.")
12945 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
12946 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12947 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12951 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
12956 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
12957 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12961 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
12962 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12963 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12964 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12965 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12967 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12970 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12971 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12973 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12974 can easily repeat a grep command.
12976 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12977 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12978 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12981 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12983 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
12984 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12985 Collect output in a buffer.
12986 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12987 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12989 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12990 easily repeat a find command.
12992 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12994 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
12996 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
12997 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12998 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12999 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13000 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13002 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13003 before it is executed.
13004 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
13006 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
13007 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13008 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
13010 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
13012 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
13014 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
13015 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
13016 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13017 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13018 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13020 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13021 before it is executed.
13022 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
13024 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
13025 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13026 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
13027 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
13029 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13031 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
13032 to specify a command to run.
13034 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
13036 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
13037 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
13038 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
13039 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
13041 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
13043 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
13047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22388 5704 415579 226000))
13048 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13050 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
13051 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13052 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13053 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13054 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13056 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
13060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22431 53468 725634
13062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13064 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
13065 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13066 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13067 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13068 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13070 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13071 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13072 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13073 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13075 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
13077 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
13078 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13079 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13080 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13082 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
13084 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
13085 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13086 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13087 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13089 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
13091 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
13092 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13093 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13094 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13096 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13097 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13099 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
13101 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
13102 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13103 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13104 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13106 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
13108 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
13109 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13110 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13111 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13113 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
13115 (autoload 'guiler
"gud" "\
13116 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13117 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13118 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13120 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
13122 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
13123 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13124 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13125 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13126 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13128 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13129 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13130 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13131 original source file access method.
13133 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13134 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13136 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
13138 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
13139 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13143 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
13144 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13145 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
13146 for a description of this minor mode.
13147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13148 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13149 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13151 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
13153 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
13154 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13155 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13156 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13157 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22489 43024 126096
13165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13167 (autoload 'gv-get
"gv" "\
13168 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13169 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13170 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13171 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13172 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13173 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13175 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13177 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil
)
13179 (autoload 'gv-letplace
"gv" "\
13180 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13181 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13183 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13184 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13185 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13187 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13188 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13190 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t
)
13192 (function-put 'gv-letplace
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13194 (autoload 'gv-define-expander
"gv" "\
13195 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13196 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13197 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13198 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13200 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t
)
13202 (function-put 'gv-define-expander
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
13204 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration
"gv" "\
13207 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil
)
13209 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist
) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration
'gv-expander
)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist
) (push x defun-declarations-alist
)))
13211 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist
) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration
'gv-setter
)) defun-declarations-alist
))
13213 (autoload 'gv-define-setter
"gv" "\
13214 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13215 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13216 well for simple place forms.
13217 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13218 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13219 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13220 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13221 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13222 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13223 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13225 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t
)
13227 (function-put 'gv-define-setter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
13229 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter
"gv" "\
13230 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13231 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13232 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13233 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13235 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13236 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13238 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13240 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13242 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t
)
13244 (autoload 'setf
"gv" "\
13245 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13246 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13247 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13248 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13249 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13251 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t
)
13253 (put 'gv-place
'edebug-form-spec
'edebug-match-form
)
13255 (autoload 'gv-ref
"gv" "\
13256 Return a reference to PLACE.
13257 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13258 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13259 simple PLACEs such as (symbol-function \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13262 \(fn PLACE)" nil t
)
13266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22388 6383
13267 ;;;;;; 391256 461000))
13268 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13270 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
13271 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13272 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13273 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13275 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13276 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13277 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13278 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22388 6383 415256
13286 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13288 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
13289 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13291 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
13293 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
13294 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13295 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13296 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13298 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13302 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
13303 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13304 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13305 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22388 6375 557179
13314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13316 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
13317 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13321 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
13322 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13323 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13327 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
13328 Verify a hashcash payment
13330 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
13332 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
13333 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13334 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13335 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13336 `mail-add-payment-async').
13338 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
13340 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
13341 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13342 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13343 Calculation is asynchronous.
13345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13347 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
13348 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13349 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22388 5704 419579
13357 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13359 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
13360 Return the help-echo string at point.
13361 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13362 property, or nil, is returned.
13363 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13364 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13365 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13367 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
13369 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
13370 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13371 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13372 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13373 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13377 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
13378 Display local help in the echo area.
13379 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13380 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13381 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13384 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13385 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13386 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13388 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13390 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
13391 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13392 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13396 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
13397 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13398 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13402 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
13403 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13404 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13405 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13406 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13407 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13408 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13409 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13410 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13411 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13412 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13414 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13415 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13416 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13417 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13418 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13420 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13421 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13422 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13423 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13424 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13425 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13426 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13427 The default is `never'.")
13429 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
13431 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13432 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13433 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13434 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13435 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13436 considered different regions.
13438 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13439 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13440 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13441 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13442 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13443 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13444 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13445 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13446 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13448 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
13450 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13451 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13452 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13453 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13456 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13457 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13458 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13459 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13460 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13461 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13462 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13463 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13465 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13466 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13467 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13468 rarely happens in practice.
13470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13472 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13473 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13474 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13475 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13476 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13477 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22420 38537 275424
13485 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13487 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
13488 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13490 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
13492 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
13493 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13494 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13496 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
13498 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
13499 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13500 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13501 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13502 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13503 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13504 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13506 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13507 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13508 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13509 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13510 suitable file is found, return nil.
13512 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
13514 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
13517 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
13519 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
13520 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13521 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13522 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13524 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
13526 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
13527 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13528 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13529 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13530 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13531 it is displayed along with the global value.
13533 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
13535 (autoload 'describe-symbol
"help-fns" "\
13536 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13537 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13538 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13539 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13540 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13542 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
13544 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
13545 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13546 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13547 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13549 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13551 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
13552 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13553 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13554 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13555 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13557 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13559 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
13560 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13564 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
13565 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22388 5704 462579
13573 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13575 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
13576 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13577 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13578 window listing and describing the options.
13579 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13580 gives the window that lists the options.")
13582 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
13586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22388 5704 464579
13588 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13590 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
13591 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13592 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13598 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
13599 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13603 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
13604 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13608 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
13609 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13611 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13612 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13613 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13614 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13616 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13617 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13618 restore it properly when going back.
13620 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
13622 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
13623 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13624 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13625 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13627 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13628 it does not already exist.
13632 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
13633 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13635 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13636 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13637 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13638 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13639 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13640 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13641 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13642 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13644 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13645 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13646 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13647 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13649 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13650 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13653 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13655 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13656 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13657 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13658 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13659 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13660 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13662 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13664 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13665 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13666 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13667 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13668 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13670 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13672 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
13673 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13675 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
13677 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned
'describe-symbol
"25.1")
13679 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump
"help-mode" "\
13680 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13681 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13682 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13684 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
13688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22388 6369
13689 ;;;;;; 433119 193000))
13690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13692 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
13693 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13697 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
13698 Provide help for current mode.
13704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22388 5704 524580 299000))
13705 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13707 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
13708 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13709 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13710 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13711 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13713 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13714 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13716 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13717 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13718 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13719 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13721 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13722 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13725 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13730 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13731 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13732 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13733 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13734 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13735 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13736 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13737 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13738 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13739 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13740 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13741 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13742 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13743 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13744 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13746 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13747 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13748 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13750 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13753 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13755 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13756 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13757 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13759 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13760 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13761 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13763 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13764 into the buffer at the current point.
13766 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13767 into the buffer at the current point.
13769 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13770 into the buffer at the current point.
13772 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13774 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13775 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13777 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13779 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13783 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
13784 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13785 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13786 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13788 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
13790 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
13791 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13792 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22388 5704 575580 800000))
13799 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13801 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13802 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13803 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13804 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13805 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13807 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13808 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13809 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13810 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13812 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13813 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13814 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13815 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13817 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13818 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13819 which can be called interactively, are:
13821 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13822 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13824 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13825 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13826 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13827 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13829 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13830 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13832 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13833 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13834 available face automatically.
13836 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13837 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13839 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13840 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13841 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13842 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13843 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13844 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13845 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13846 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13847 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13848 function returns t.
13850 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13851 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13853 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13854 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13858 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13859 position (number of characters into buffer)
13860 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13861 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13862 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13866 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
13867 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13868 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
13869 for a description of this minor mode.
13870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13871 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13872 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13874 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
13876 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13877 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13878 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13879 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13880 ARG is omitted or nil.
13882 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13883 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13884 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13888 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
13890 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13891 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13892 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13893 Use the global history list for FACE.
13895 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13896 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13897 highlighting will not update as you type.
13899 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13901 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
13903 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13904 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13905 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13906 Use the global history list for FACE.
13908 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13909 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13910 highlighting will not update as you type.
13912 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13914 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
13916 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13917 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13918 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13919 Use the global history list for FACE.
13921 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13922 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13923 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13925 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13926 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13927 highlighting will not update as you type.
13929 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13931 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point
'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point
)
13933 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point
"hi-lock" "\
13934 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13935 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13936 unless you use a prefix argument.
13937 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13939 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13940 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13944 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
13946 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13947 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13948 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13949 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13950 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13951 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13953 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
13955 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
13956 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13958 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13959 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13960 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22388 6386
13967 ;;;;;; 684288 846000))
13968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13970 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
13971 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13974 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13976 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13977 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13978 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13979 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13982 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13983 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13984 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13985 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13986 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13987 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13988 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13990 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13991 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13992 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13993 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13994 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13997 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13998 #endif lines when hiding.
14000 `hide-ifdef-initially'
14001 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
14004 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
14005 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
14006 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
14008 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
14010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22388 6386
14015 ;;;;;; 703289 33000))
14016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
14018 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
14019 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
14020 Each element has the form
14021 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
14023 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
14024 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
14026 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
14027 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
14029 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
14030 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
14031 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
14032 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
14033 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
14034 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
14036 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
14037 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
14039 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
14040 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14042 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14043 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14044 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14046 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
14047 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14049 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14050 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14052 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14053 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14054 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14056 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14057 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14058 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14060 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14061 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14063 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14066 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14070 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
14071 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22388 5704 576580
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14081 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
14082 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14083 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14084 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14085 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14087 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14088 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14089 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14092 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14093 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14094 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14095 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14096 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14097 through various faces.
14098 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14099 buffer with the contents of a file
14100 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14104 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
14105 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14106 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14107 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14108 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14110 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14111 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14112 in a distinctive face.
14114 The default value can be customized with variable
14115 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14117 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14121 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
14122 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14123 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14125 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
14127 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
14128 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14132 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
14133 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14137 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
14138 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14140 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14141 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14142 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14143 shown in the last face in the list.
14145 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14146 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14147 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14149 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14153 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
14154 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14156 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14158 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14161 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14162 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14164 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14165 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14166 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14168 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
14170 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
14171 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14173 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14174 this function is called interactively.
14176 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14177 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14178 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14180 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14181 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14182 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14184 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
14186 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
14187 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14188 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
14189 for a description of this minor mode.
14190 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14191 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14192 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14194 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
14196 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
14197 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14198 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14199 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14200 ARG is omitted or nil.
14202 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14203 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14204 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22388 5704 619581
14212 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14213 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions
)
14215 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list
'(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol
) "\
14216 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14217 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14218 or insert functions in this list.")
14220 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list
"hippie-exp" t
)
14222 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
14223 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14224 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14225 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14226 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14228 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14229 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14230 undoes the expansion.
14234 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
14235 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14236 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14237 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14239 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t
)
14243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22388 5704 621581 252000))
14244 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14246 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
14247 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14252 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14253 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14254 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14255 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14256 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14257 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14259 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14260 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14261 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14262 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14266 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
14267 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14268 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
14269 for a description of this minor mode.
14270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14271 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14272 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14274 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
14276 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
14277 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14282 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14283 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14286 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14287 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22388 6368
14294 ;;;;;; 119106 271000))
14295 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14297 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14298 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14299 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14301 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14303 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14305 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14307 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14309 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14311 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14313 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
14315 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14317 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14319 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14321 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
14322 User defined holidays.
14323 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14325 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14327 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14329 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14331 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14333 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14335 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14337 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14338 Christian holidays.
14339 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14341 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14343 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14345 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14347 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14349 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14351 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14353 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14354 Bahá’à holidays.
14355 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14357 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14359 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14361 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
14362 Sun-related holidays.
14363 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14365 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14367 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14369 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14371 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
14372 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14373 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14374 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14378 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
14379 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14380 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14381 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14382 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14384 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14385 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14387 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14388 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14390 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14391 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14392 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14393 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14396 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14398 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
14400 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
14404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22388 6373
14405 ;;;;;; 233156 564000))
14406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14408 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
14409 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22388 5704
14416 ;;;;;; 696581 990000))
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14418 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions
)
14420 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
14421 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14422 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14423 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14426 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14427 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14430 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14431 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14433 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14434 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14435 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14437 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
14439 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
14440 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14441 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14443 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14445 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
14449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22388 5704 724582
14451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14453 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
14454 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14456 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14457 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14458 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14460 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14461 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14462 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14463 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14464 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14465 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14467 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14468 title of the column.
14470 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14471 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14472 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14473 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14474 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14476 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14478 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
14480 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
14481 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14482 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14483 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14484 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14486 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14487 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14488 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14490 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14492 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
14494 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter
'doc-string-elt
'2)
14496 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
14497 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14498 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14499 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14500 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14501 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14503 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14504 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14505 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14506 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14507 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14508 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14509 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14510 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14512 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14513 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14514 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14515 buffer's modification flag.
14516 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14517 prompted before performing this operation.
14518 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14519 operation is complete, in the form:
14520 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14521 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14522 confirmation message, in the form:
14523 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14524 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14525 macro for exactly what it does.
14527 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14529 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
14531 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op
'doc-string-elt
'3)
14533 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
14534 Define a filter named NAME.
14535 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14536 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14537 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14539 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14540 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14541 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14542 bound to the current value of the filter.
14544 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t
)
14546 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
14548 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter
'doc-string-elt
'2)
14552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22388 5704 764582 658000))
14553 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14555 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
14556 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14557 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14558 buffers which are visiting a file.
14560 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14562 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
14563 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14564 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14565 buffers which are visiting a file.
14567 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14569 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
14570 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14571 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14573 All arguments are optional.
14574 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14575 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14576 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14577 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14578 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14579 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14580 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14581 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14582 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14583 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14584 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14585 that value locally in this buffer.
14587 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
14591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22388
14592 ;;;;;; 6368 158106 655000))
14593 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14594 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions
)
14596 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
14597 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14598 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14599 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14601 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14603 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
14604 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14605 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14606 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14608 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14609 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14610 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14612 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14614 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
14615 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14616 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14617 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14618 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14619 non-marking or not.
14621 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14623 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
14624 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14626 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14627 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14630 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14631 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14632 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14634 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14637 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14638 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14639 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14641 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22388 5704 805583
14647 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14649 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
14650 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14651 See the `icomplete-mode' command
14652 for a description of this minor mode.
14653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14654 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14655 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14657 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
14659 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
14660 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14662 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14663 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14665 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14666 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14667 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14668 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14670 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14671 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14673 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14676 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14679 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14680 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t
)
14681 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14682 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22388 6386 724289
14688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14690 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
14691 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14692 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14693 Tab indents for Icon code.
14694 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14695 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14697 Variables controlling indentation style:
14698 icon-tab-always-indent
14699 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14700 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14702 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14703 inserted in Icon code.
14705 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14706 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14707 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14708 icon-continued-statement-offset
14709 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14710 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14711 icon-continued-brace-offset
14712 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14713 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14715 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14716 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14717 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14718 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14720 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14721 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22388
14728 ;;;;;; 6386 833290 311000))
14729 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14731 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
14732 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14733 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14734 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14736 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14737 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14740 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14741 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14743 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14744 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14745 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14747 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14749 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
14753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22388 6387
14754 ;;;;;; 24292 190000))
14755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14756 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions
)
14758 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
14759 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14761 The main features of this mode are
14763 1. Indentation and Formatting
14764 --------------------------
14765 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14766 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14768 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14769 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14770 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14771 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14773 Comments are indented as follows:
14775 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14776 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14777 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14779 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14781 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14782 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14783 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14784 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14785 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14786 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14788 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14789 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14790 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14791 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14795 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14796 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14797 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14798 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14799 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14800 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14801 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14802 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14803 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14804 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14809 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14810 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14811 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14812 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14816 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14817 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14818 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14819 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14820 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14823 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14824 --------------------------------
14825 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14826 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14828 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14829 \\fu FUNCTION template
14830 \\c CASE statement template
14831 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14832 \\f FOR loop template
14833 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14834 \\w WHILE loop template
14835 \\i IF statement template
14836 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14839 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14840 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14842 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14843 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14844 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14845 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14847 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14848 -------------------------
14849 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14850 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14852 7. Automatic END completion
14853 ------------------------
14854 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14855 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14859 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14860 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14862 9. Documentation and Customization
14863 -------------------------------
14864 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14865 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14866 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14867 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14868 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14869 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14873 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14874 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14875 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14877 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22388 5704 862583 622000))
14884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14886 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
14887 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14888 The following values are possible:
14889 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14891 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14892 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14893 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14896 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14898 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
14900 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
14901 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14902 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14903 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14904 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14905 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14906 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14907 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14908 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14912 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
14913 Switch to another buffer.
14914 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14915 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14918 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14919 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14920 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14921 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14922 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14924 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14925 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14927 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14929 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14930 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14931 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14932 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14933 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14934 in a separate window.
14935 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14936 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14937 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14938 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14939 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14940 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14941 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14942 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14943 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14947 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
14948 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14949 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14950 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14954 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
14955 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14956 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14957 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14961 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
14963 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14964 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14968 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
14969 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14970 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14971 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14975 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
14976 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14977 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14978 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14982 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
14983 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14987 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
14988 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14989 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14990 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14993 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14994 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14995 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14996 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14997 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14998 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
15000 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
15001 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
15003 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
15005 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15006 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15007 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
15008 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
15009 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
15010 in a separate window.
15011 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
15012 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
15013 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
15014 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
15015 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
15016 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
15017 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
15018 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
15019 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
15020 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
15021 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
15022 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
15023 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15024 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15025 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15026 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15027 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15028 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15032 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
15033 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15034 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15035 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15039 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
15040 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15041 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15042 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15046 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
15047 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15048 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15049 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15053 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
15054 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15055 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15056 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15060 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
15061 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15062 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15063 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15067 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
15068 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15069 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15070 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15074 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
15075 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15076 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15077 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15081 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
15082 Write current buffer to a file.
15083 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15084 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15088 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
15089 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15090 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15091 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15095 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
15096 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15097 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15098 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15102 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
15103 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15104 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15105 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15106 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15107 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15109 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
15111 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
15112 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15113 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15114 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15116 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
15118 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
15119 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15120 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15121 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15123 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
15125 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
15126 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15127 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15128 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15129 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15130 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15131 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15132 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15133 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15134 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15135 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15136 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15137 with point positioned at the end.
15138 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15139 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15141 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil
)
15145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22388 5704 921584 203000))
15146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15148 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
15149 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15150 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15151 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22388 5704 924584 232000))
15158 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15160 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
15162 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
15163 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15164 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15165 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15166 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15167 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22388 5705 444589 346000))
15174 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15176 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
15177 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15178 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15181 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
15183 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
15184 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15185 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15190 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
15191 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15192 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15195 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
15197 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
15198 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15199 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15202 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
15204 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
15205 Determine and return image type.
15206 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15207 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15208 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15209 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15210 use its file extension as image type.
15211 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15213 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
15215 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
15216 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15217 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15219 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
15221 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
15222 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15223 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15225 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15226 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15227 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15228 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15233 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
15235 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15236 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15237 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15238 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15239 use its file extension as image type.
15240 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15241 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15242 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15243 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15245 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15247 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15248 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15249 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15251 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
15253 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
15254 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15255 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15256 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15257 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15258 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15259 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15260 POS may be an integer or marker.
15261 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15262 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15263 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15264 means display it in the right marginal area.
15266 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
15268 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
15269 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15270 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15271 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15272 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15273 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15274 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15275 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15276 means display it in the right marginal area.
15277 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15278 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15279 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15280 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15281 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15283 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
15285 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
15286 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15287 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15288 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15289 STRING is a single space.
15290 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15291 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15292 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15293 means display it in the right marginal area.
15294 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15296 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
15298 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
15299 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15300 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15301 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15303 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
15305 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
15306 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15308 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15310 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15311 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15312 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15313 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15314 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15315 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15316 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15317 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15320 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15322 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15324 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
15326 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
15327 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15329 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15330 documentation string.
15332 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15333 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15334 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15335 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15336 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15337 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15338 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15343 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15344 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15346 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t
)
15348 (function-put 'defimage
'doc-string-elt
'3)
15350 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types
"image" "\
15351 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15352 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15353 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15355 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15356 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15357 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15358 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15360 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22388 5705
15367 ;;;;;; 150586 455000))
15368 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15369 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions
)
15371 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
15372 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15373 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15374 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15375 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15376 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15380 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
15381 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15383 Convenience command that:
15385 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15386 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15387 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15389 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15390 image files in dired and type
15391 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15393 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15395 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15396 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15398 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15400 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
15401 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15402 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15403 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15404 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15407 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15408 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15409 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15411 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15412 instead of erasing it first.
15414 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15415 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15416 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15417 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15418 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15419 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15421 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
15423 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
15424 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15425 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15426 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15431 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
15433 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme
'image-dired
"24.4")
15435 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
15436 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15440 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
15441 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15442 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15446 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
15447 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15451 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
15452 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15453 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15454 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15458 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
15459 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15463 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
15464 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15468 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
15469 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15473 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
15474 Display current image file.
15475 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15476 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15478 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15480 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
15481 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15485 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
15486 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15487 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15488 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15489 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15490 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15491 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15495 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
15496 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15497 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22388 5705 201586
15506 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15508 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15509 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15510 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15511 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15513 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15514 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15515 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15516 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15518 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
15520 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
15521 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15522 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15523 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15525 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15526 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15527 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15528 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15530 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
15532 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
15533 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15537 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
15538 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15539 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15540 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15542 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
15544 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
15545 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15546 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
15547 for a description of this minor mode.
15548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15550 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15552 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
15554 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
15555 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15557 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15558 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15560 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15561 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15562 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22388 5705 201586
15570 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15572 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
15573 Major mode for image files.
15574 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15575 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15582 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
15583 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15588 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15589 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15594 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
15595 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15596 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15597 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15598 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15599 to display an image file as the actual image.
15601 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15602 to display an image file as text initially.
15604 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15609 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
15612 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22388 5705 445589 356000))
15617 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15619 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
15620 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15622 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15624 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15625 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15628 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15630 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15631 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15632 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15634 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
15636 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
15637 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15638 Each element of this list should have the form
15640 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15642 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15643 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15644 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15646 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15647 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15648 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15649 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15651 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15652 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15654 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15655 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15656 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15659 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15660 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15661 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15663 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15664 create a buffer index.
15666 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15667 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15668 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15669 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15670 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
15672 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
15674 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
15675 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15677 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15678 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15679 called within a `save-excursion'.
15681 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15683 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
15685 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
15686 Function for finding the next index position.
15688 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15689 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15690 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15693 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15694 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15696 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
15698 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
15699 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15701 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15702 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15703 It should return the name for that index item.")
15705 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
15707 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
15708 Function to compare string with index item.
15710 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15711 non-nil if they match.
15713 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15714 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15715 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15716 arguments match\".")
15718 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
15720 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
15721 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15722 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15724 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
15725 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
15727 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
15729 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
15731 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
15732 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15733 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15734 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15738 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
15739 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15741 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15745 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
15746 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15747 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15748 for more information.
15750 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
15754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22388 6375
15755 ;;;;;; 345177 334000))
15756 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15758 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
15759 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15761 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15763 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
15766 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
15768 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15771 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
15773 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15776 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
15778 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
15779 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15781 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22388 6387
15786 ;;;;;; 122293 154000))
15787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15789 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
15790 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15791 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15793 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15794 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15795 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15796 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15800 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
15804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22388 5705 585590 732000))
15805 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15807 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list
(let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns
) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory
))) (if (file-directory-p dir
) dir
))) configure-info-directory
))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc
(mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx
"info/")) suffixes
))) (prune-directory-list dirs
))) prefixes
))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs
) (nconc standard-info-dirs
(list config-dir
)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs
)))) (if (not (eq system-type
'windows-nt
)) dirs
(let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory
)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir
)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir
))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1
) (append dirs
(list dir1
))) ((file-exists-p dir2
) (append dirs
(list dir2
))) (t dirs
))))) "\
15808 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15809 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15810 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15811 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15812 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15813 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15814 first in this list.
15816 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15817 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15818 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15819 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15820 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15822 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15823 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15824 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize
(quote custom-initialize-delay
) :type
(quote (repeat directory
)) :group
(quote info
))
15826 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
15827 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15829 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15830 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15832 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
15833 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15834 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15835 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15836 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15837 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15838 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15839 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15840 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15841 with the top-level Info directory.
15843 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15844 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15846 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15848 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15849 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15850 in all the directories in that path.
15852 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15854 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15856 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
15857 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15861 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug
"info" "\
15862 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15866 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
15867 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15868 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15869 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15873 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
15874 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15875 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15876 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15878 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
15880 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
15881 Go to the Info directory node.
15885 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
15886 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15887 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15888 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15889 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15890 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15892 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
15894 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
15895 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15896 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15898 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
15900 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
15901 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15902 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15903 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15904 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15906 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
15908 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
15909 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15910 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15911 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15912 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15914 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15915 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15917 Selecting other nodes:
15918 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15919 Follow a node reference you click on.
15920 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15921 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15922 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15923 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15924 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15925 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15926 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15927 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15928 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15929 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15930 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15931 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15932 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15933 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15934 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15935 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15936 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15937 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15938 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15939 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15941 Moving within a node:
15942 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15943 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15944 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15945 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15946 move up to the parent node.
15947 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15948 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15950 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15953 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15954 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15955 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15956 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15957 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15958 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15959 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15960 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15961 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15962 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15963 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15964 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15965 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15966 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15967 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15968 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15971 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15973 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
15974 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15975 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15976 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15977 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15978 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15980 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
15981 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15983 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
15984 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15986 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15987 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15988 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15989 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15993 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
15994 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15995 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15999 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
16000 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
16001 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
16003 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
16005 (autoload 'info-display-manual
"info" "\
16006 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
16007 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
16008 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
16009 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
16010 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
16012 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil
)
16016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22388 5705 484589
16018 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
16020 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
16021 Throw away all cached data.
16022 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16023 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16027 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
16029 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
16030 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16031 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16032 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16033 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16034 one found at point.
16036 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16038 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
16039 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
16041 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
16042 Display the documentation of a file.
16043 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16044 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16045 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16046 The default file name is the one found at point.
16048 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
16050 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
16052 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
16053 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16055 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
16057 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
16058 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16060 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
16064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22388 5705 523590
16066 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16067 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
16069 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
16070 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16071 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16072 current info file is the default.
16074 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16075 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16076 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16077 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16078 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16080 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16081 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16082 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16083 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16084 mistake in the reference.
16086 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16087 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16088 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16090 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16091 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16092 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16093 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16095 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
16097 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
16098 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16099 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16100 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16103 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16104 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16105 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16106 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16107 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16108 should be harmless.
16112 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
16113 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16114 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16115 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16117 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16118 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16119 and can take a long time.
16123 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings
"info-xref" "\
16124 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16125 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16127 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16129 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16130 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16132 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16133 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16134 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16135 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16138 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16139 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16140 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16141 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16144 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil
)
16148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22388 5705 689591
16150 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16152 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
16153 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16155 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
16157 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
16158 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16160 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
16162 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
16163 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16164 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16165 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16167 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16168 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16169 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16171 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16172 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16173 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16174 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16178 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
16179 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16180 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16184 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
16185 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16186 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16187 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16188 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22388 6369
16195 ;;;;;; 449119 351000))
16196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16198 (autoload 'define-inline
"inline" "\
16201 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t
)
16203 (function-put 'define-inline
'lisp-indent-function
'defun
)
16205 (function-put 'define-inline
'doc-string-elt
'3)
16209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22388 6368
16210 ;;;;;; 463109 654000))
16211 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16212 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions
)
16214 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs
"inversion" "\
16215 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16216 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16218 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil
)
16222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22388
16223 ;;;;;; 6374 396168 1000))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16226 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
16227 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16231 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
16232 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16236 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
16239 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil
)
16243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22388 5705 752592
16245 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16246 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions
)
16248 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
16249 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16250 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16251 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16252 accessed via isearchb.
16258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22388
16259 ;;;;;; 6374 400168 41000))
16260 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16262 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
16263 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16264 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16265 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16266 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16268 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16270 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
16271 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16272 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16273 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16274 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16276 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16278 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
16279 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16280 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16281 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16282 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16284 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16286 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
16287 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16288 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16289 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16290 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16292 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16294 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
16295 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16296 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16297 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16298 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16300 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16302 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
16303 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16304 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16305 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16306 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16308 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16310 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
16311 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16312 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16313 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16314 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16316 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16318 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
16319 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16320 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16321 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16323 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16325 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
16326 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16327 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16328 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16330 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16332 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
16333 Warn that format is read-only.
16335 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
16337 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
16338 Warn that format is write-only.
16340 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
16342 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
16343 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16350 ;;;;;; (22388 6374 403168 70000))
16351 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16352 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
16353 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
16357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22388 6389
16358 ;;;;;; 418315 733000))
16359 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16361 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
16363 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
16364 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16365 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16366 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16367 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16369 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
16371 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
16373 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
16374 Key map for ispell menu.")
16376 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
16377 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16378 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16379 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16381 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
16383 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil
'clear
)) :enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16385 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16387 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
16389 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16390 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16391 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16392 Valid forms include:
16393 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16394 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16395 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16396 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16398 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16399 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16400 First list is used raw.
16401 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16403 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16404 for skipping in latex mode.")
16406 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16407 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16408 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16409 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16410 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16411 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
16412 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
16414 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
16415 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16416 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16417 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16419 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16420 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16421 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16422 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16423 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16425 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16426 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16428 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16429 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16431 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16432 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16434 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16435 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16438 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16439 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16440 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16441 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16442 quit spell session exited.
16444 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
16446 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
16447 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16448 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16450 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
16452 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
16453 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16457 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16458 SPC: Accept word this time.
16459 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16460 `a': Accept word for this session.
16461 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16462 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16463 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16464 `?': Show these commands.
16465 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16466 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16467 the aborted check to be completed later.
16468 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16469 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16470 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16471 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16472 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16473 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16474 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16478 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
16479 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16480 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16481 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16483 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil
)
16485 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
16486 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16487 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16488 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16490 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16492 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16494 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
16495 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16496 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16497 amount for last line processed.
16499 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
16501 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
16502 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16506 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
16507 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16511 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug
"ispell" "\
16512 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16513 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16515 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil
)
16517 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
16518 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16522 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
16523 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16524 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16525 sequence inside of a word.
16527 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16529 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
16531 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
16532 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16536 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
16537 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16538 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16539 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16541 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16542 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16543 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16544 available on the net.
16548 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
16549 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16551 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16552 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16554 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16555 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16558 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16559 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16562 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16563 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16567 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
16568 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16569 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16570 Don't check included messages.
16572 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16573 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16574 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16576 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16578 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16579 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16580 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16581 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16583 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16584 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16585 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22388
16592 ;;;;;; 6375 363177 511000))
16593 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16595 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
16600 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
16601 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16602 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16603 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16604 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16605 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16606 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16607 necessary to represent OBJ.
16609 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
16611 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
16612 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16613 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16614 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16616 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16618 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
16619 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16620 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16621 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16622 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16624 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
16626 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
16627 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16628 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16629 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16631 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16633 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
16634 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16635 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16636 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16638 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
16640 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
16641 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16643 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16645 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16646 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16647 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16648 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16649 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16651 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
16653 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16654 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16655 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16656 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16657 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16659 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
16661 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
16662 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16663 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16665 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
16669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22388 5705 804592
16671 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16673 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
16674 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16675 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16676 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16678 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
16681 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
16683 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
16684 Uninstall jka-compr.
16685 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16686 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16687 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22388 6387 166293 586000))
16694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16695 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions
)
16697 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
16698 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16702 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode
"js" "\
16703 Major mode for editing JSX.
16705 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16706 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16709 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16710 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16711 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16714 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
16716 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist
(cons (purecopy name
) 'js-mode
)))
16720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22388 5705 807592 916000))
16721 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16722 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions
)
16726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22388 6369
16727 ;;;;;; 920123 983000))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16730 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
16731 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16732 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16733 decimal key must be specified.")
16735 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16737 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
16738 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16739 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16740 decimal key must be specified.")
16742 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16744 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
16745 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16746 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16747 decimal key must be specified.")
16749 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16751 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
16752 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16753 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16754 decimal key must be specified.")
16756 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16758 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
16759 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16760 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16761 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16762 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16766 -------------------------------------------------------------
16767 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16768 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16769 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16770 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16771 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16772 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16773 in the global and local keymaps.
16775 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16776 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16778 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
16782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22388
16783 ;;;;;; 6374 423168 267000))
16784 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16786 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
16787 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16788 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16790 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16791 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16792 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16793 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16796 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16797 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16798 the context of text formatting.
16800 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
16804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22388 6374 436168
16806 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16808 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
16809 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16810 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16811 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16812 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16813 positions that contains the current selection.")
16815 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
16816 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16817 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16818 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16819 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16820 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16821 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16823 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22388 5705 847593 309000))
16828 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16829 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
16830 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
16831 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
16832 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16833 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16834 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16835 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16837 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16838 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16839 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16841 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16843 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16844 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16845 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16846 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16847 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16849 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16851 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16852 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16853 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16855 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16856 defining the macro.
16858 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16859 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16860 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16862 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16863 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16867 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16868 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16869 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16870 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16871 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16874 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16875 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16876 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16880 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16881 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16882 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16883 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16885 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16886 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16887 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16888 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16890 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16891 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16893 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16895 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16896 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16897 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16899 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16902 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16903 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16905 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16906 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16907 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16909 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16910 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16914 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16915 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16916 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16917 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16919 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16921 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16922 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16923 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16924 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16926 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16927 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16929 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16931 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16932 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16933 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16935 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22388
16940 ;;;;;; 6375 366177 541000))
16941 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16943 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16944 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16945 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16947 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22388 6375
16955 ;;;;;; 368177 560000))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16958 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16961 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16963 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16964 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16965 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16966 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16967 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16968 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16970 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16971 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16973 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16975 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16976 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16978 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16980 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16983 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16985 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16988 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22388
16993 ;;;;;; 6374 439168 424000))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16996 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16997 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16998 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16999 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17001 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17003 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17004 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17005 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17007 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17009 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17010 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17011 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17015 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17016 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17017 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17018 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17020 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
17025 ;;;;;; (22388 6374 462168 650000))
17026 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17028 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17029 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17030 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17031 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17032 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17033 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17034 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17035 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17037 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17038 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17041 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17043 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17045 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17046 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17047 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17048 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17049 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17050 `latin1-display-setup'.
17052 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17054 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17055 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17056 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17057 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17060 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17062 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22388
17067 ;;;;;; 6387 218294 98000))
17068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17070 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17071 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22388
17078 ;;;;;; 6369 450119 360000))
17079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17080 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17082 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17083 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17084 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17085 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17087 For instance, the following code
17090 (if (and .title .body)
17095 essentially expands to
17097 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17098 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17099 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17100 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17101 (if (and .title .body)
17106 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17107 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17108 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17109 displayed in the example above.
17111 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17113 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22388 6383 419256 737000))
17118 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17120 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17121 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17122 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17123 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17124 generations (this defaults to 1).
17126 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22388 5706 317597 931000))
17131 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17132 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17134 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17135 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17136 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17137 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17138 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17140 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17144 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17145 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17146 See the `global-linum-mode' command
17147 for a description of this minor mode.
17148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17150 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17152 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17154 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17155 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17156 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17157 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17158 ARG is omitted or nil.
17160 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17161 `linum-on' would do it.
17162 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22388 5706 319597
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17172 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17173 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17174 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17175 is nil, raise an error.
17177 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17178 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17179 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17180 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17181 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17182 defined by the library.
17184 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17185 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17186 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17187 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17188 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17191 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17192 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17193 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17194 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17196 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22388 5706 360598 354000))
17201 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17203 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17204 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17205 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17207 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17209 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17210 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17211 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17212 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17214 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17215 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17216 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17217 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17218 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17219 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17222 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17223 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17225 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17226 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17228 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17229 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17231 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17233 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17234 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17235 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17236 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17237 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17238 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17239 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17240 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17241 to constrain a big search.
17243 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17245 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17246 except that FILTER is not optional.
17248 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22388 6391 125332
17254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17256 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17257 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17258 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17259 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17260 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17261 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17262 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17263 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17264 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17265 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17267 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17268 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17270 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17271 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17272 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17273 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17274 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17276 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17277 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17278 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17280 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22388 6391 153332
17286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17288 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17289 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22388 5706 361598 364000))
17296 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17298 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17299 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17301 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17302 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17304 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17305 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17306 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17308 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17309 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17311 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17312 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17313 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17314 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17315 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17316 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17317 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17319 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17321 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17322 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17323 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17324 switch on this list.
17325 See `lpr-command'.")
17327 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17329 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17330 Name of program for printing a file.
17332 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17333 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17334 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17335 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17336 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17337 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17340 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17342 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17343 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17344 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17345 for customization of the printer command.
17349 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17350 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17352 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17353 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17354 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17355 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17357 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17358 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17360 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17361 for further customization of the printer command.
17365 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17366 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17367 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17368 for customization of the printer command.
17370 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17372 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17373 Paginate and print the region contents.
17375 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17376 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17377 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17378 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17380 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17381 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17383 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17384 for further customization of the printer command.
17386 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22388 5706 404598 787000))
17391 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17393 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17394 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17395 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17397 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22388 6368 185106
17403 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17405 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17406 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17407 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17408 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22388 6387
17415 ;;;;;; 219294 107000))
17416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17418 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17419 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22388 5706 405598 797000))
17426 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17428 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17429 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17430 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17431 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17432 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17434 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17436 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17437 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17438 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17439 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17440 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17442 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17443 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17444 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17445 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17448 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17449 use this command, and then save the file.
17451 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17453 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17454 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17455 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17456 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17457 each time the macro executes.
17458 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17459 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17460 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17461 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17462 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17463 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17464 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17468 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17469 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17470 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17471 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17473 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17474 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17475 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17478 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17479 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17481 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17482 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17483 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17484 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17485 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17487 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17490 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17491 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17492 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17494 You could enter the names in this format:
17500 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17503 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17506 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17507 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17509 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17510 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22388 6375
17515 ;;;;;; 635180 186000))
17516 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17518 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17519 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17520 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17521 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17522 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17523 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17525 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17526 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17527 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17528 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17529 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17531 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17532 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17533 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17536 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17538 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17539 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17541 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22388 6375
17546 ;;;;;; 637180 206000))
17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17549 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17550 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17554 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17559 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17560 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17562 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17564 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17565 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17566 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17569 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22388 6375
17576 ;;;;;; 637180 206000))
17577 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17579 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17580 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17581 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17582 often correct parser.")
17584 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17586 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17587 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17588 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17589 a value which excludes your own email address.
17591 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17592 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17594 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17596 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17597 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17599 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17601 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17602 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17603 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17604 we return it unconverted.
17606 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17607 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17609 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17611 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17612 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17613 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17614 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17616 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17618 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17619 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17620 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17621 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17623 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17625 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17626 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17627 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17628 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17629 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17630 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17631 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17632 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17633 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17636 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17638 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17639 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17640 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17641 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17642 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17643 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17644 matches may be returned from the message body.
17646 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22388 6375
17651 ;;;;;; 638180 216000))
17652 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17654 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17655 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17656 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
17657 for a description of this minor mode.
17658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17660 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17662 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17664 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17665 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17670 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17671 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17672 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17673 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17677 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17678 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17682 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17683 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17684 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17686 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17688 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17689 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17690 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17692 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17693 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17694 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17697 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22388 6375
17702 ;;;;;; 639180 226000))
17703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17705 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17706 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17707 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17709 If `parens', they look like:
17710 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17711 If `angles', they look like:
17712 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17714 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17716 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17717 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17718 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17719 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17720 their `Resent-' variants.
17722 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17723 removed from alias expansions.
17725 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17727 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17728 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17729 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17731 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17732 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17733 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17734 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17736 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17738 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17739 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17740 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17744 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17745 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17746 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17747 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17751 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22388 6375
17756 ;;;;;; 639180 226000))
17757 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17759 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17760 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17761 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17762 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22388
17769 ;;;;;; 6387 242294 334000))
17770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17772 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17773 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17775 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17776 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17777 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17778 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17779 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17780 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17782 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17783 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17784 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17785 dependency, despite the colon.
17787 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17789 In the browser, use the following keys:
17791 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17793 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17795 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17796 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17798 `makefile-target-colon':
17799 The string that gets appended to all target names
17800 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17801 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17803 `makefile-macro-assign':
17804 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17805 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17806 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17807 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17808 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17809 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17811 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17812 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17813 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17815 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17816 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17818 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17819 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17820 up or down in the browser.
17822 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17823 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17825 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17826 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17828 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17829 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17830 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17831 has been selected in the browser.
17833 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17834 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17835 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17836 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17837 filenames are omitted.
17839 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17840 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17841 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17842 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17843 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17844 the backslash itself intact.
17845 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17846 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17848 `makefile-browser-hook':
17849 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17850 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17852 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17853 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17854 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17855 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17859 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17860 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17864 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17865 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17869 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17870 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17874 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17875 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17879 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17880 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22388 5706 447599 210000))
17887 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17889 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17890 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17891 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22388 5706 492599 652000))
17898 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17900 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17902 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17903 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17904 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17905 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17906 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17907 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17908 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17909 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17910 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17911 without running the man command.
17913 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17914 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17915 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17920 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17921 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17922 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17923 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17927 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17928 otherwise look like a page name.
17933 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17934 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17935 \"grep -E\" style regexp.
17939 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17941 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17942 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17944 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17946 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17947 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17949 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22388 6369 508119
17955 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17956 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22388 5706 537600 95000))
17961 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17962 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17964 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17965 Toggle Master mode.
17966 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17967 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17968 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17970 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17971 using the following commands:
17973 \\{master-mode-map}
17975 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17976 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17977 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22388 5706 539600
17985 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17987 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17988 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17989 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
17990 for a description of this minor mode.
17991 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17992 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17993 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17995 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17997 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17998 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17999 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
18000 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18001 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18003 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
18004 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
18005 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
18006 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
18008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22388 5706 539600 114000))
18013 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
18014 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22388 6373 395158
18020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
18022 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18024 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18025 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18026 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18027 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18028 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18029 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18030 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18031 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18032 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18033 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18034 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18035 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18036 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18037 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18038 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18039 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18040 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18041 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18042 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18043 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18044 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18045 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18046 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18047 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18048 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18049 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18050 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18051 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18052 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18053 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18054 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18055 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18056 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18057 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18058 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18059 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18060 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18061 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18065 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18066 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18067 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18068 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18069 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18071 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18073 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18074 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18076 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18078 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18079 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18081 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18083 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18084 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18086 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18088 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18089 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18090 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18092 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18094 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18095 Cancel an article you posted.
18096 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18100 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18101 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18102 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18103 header line with the old Message-ID.
18107 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18108 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18112 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18113 Forward the current message via mail.
18114 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18115 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18117 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18119 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18122 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18124 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18127 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18129 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18130 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18134 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18135 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18137 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18139 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18140 Re-mail the current message.
18141 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18142 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18147 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18148 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18150 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18152 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18153 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18155 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18157 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18158 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18160 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18162 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18163 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18165 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18167 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18168 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18169 Works by overstriking characters.
18170 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18171 which specify the range to operate on.
18173 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18175 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18176 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18177 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18178 which specify the range to operate on.
18180 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22388
18185 ;;;;;; 6387 280294 707000))
18186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18187 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18189 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18190 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18194 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18195 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22388 6375 640180
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18205 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18206 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18207 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18211 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18212 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18213 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18214 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18215 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18216 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18217 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18219 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18221 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18222 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18223 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18224 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18225 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18227 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18228 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18230 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18232 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18233 Process current region through `metamail'.
18234 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18235 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18236 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18238 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18239 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18241 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22388 6376 408187
18247 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18249 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18250 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18251 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18255 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18256 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18257 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18261 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18262 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18264 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18265 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18266 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18268 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18269 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18271 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18272 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18274 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18276 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18278 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18279 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18280 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18281 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18282 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18285 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18286 initial Subject field, respectively.
18288 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18289 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18292 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18293 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18295 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18297 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18298 Save draft and send message.
18300 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18301 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18302 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18305 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18306 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18307 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18309 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18310 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18311 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18312 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18313 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18314 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18316 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18317 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18319 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18320 message and scan line.
18322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18324 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18325 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18327 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18328 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18329 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18330 delete the draft message.
18336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22388 6376 513188 821000))
18337 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18338 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18340 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18342 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18344 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18346 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18347 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22388 6376
18354 ;;;;;; 631189 982000))
18355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18357 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18358 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18359 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18361 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18362 the MH mail system.
18364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18366 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18367 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18368 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18370 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18371 the MH mail system.
18373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18375 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18376 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18378 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18379 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18380 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18383 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18384 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18385 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18388 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18392 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18393 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18394 can be used in several ways.
18396 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18397 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18398 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18399 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18403 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18404 The range must be nonempty.
18409 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18410 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18417 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18420 All of the messages.
18422 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18423 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18425 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18426 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18427 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18429 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22388 5706 628600
18437 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18439 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18440 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18441 See the `midnight-mode' command
18442 for a description of this minor mode.
18443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18444 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18445 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18447 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18449 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18450 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18454 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18455 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18456 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18457 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18458 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18459 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18460 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18461 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18462 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18463 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18464 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18468 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18469 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18470 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18471 to its second argument TM.
18473 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22388 5706
18478 ;;;;;; 628600 990000))
18479 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18481 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18482 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18483 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
18484 for a description of this minor mode.
18485 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18486 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18487 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18489 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18491 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18492 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18493 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18494 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18495 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18497 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18498 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18499 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18500 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18501 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18502 is modified to remove the default indication.
18504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22388 5706 864603 311000))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18511 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18512 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18513 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18514 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18515 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18516 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18517 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18518 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18519 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18523 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18524 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18525 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18526 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18527 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18528 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18529 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18530 The return value is always nil.
18532 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22388 5706 866603
18538 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18539 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18541 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18542 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18544 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18545 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18546 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18549 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18550 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18551 end of the search space).
18553 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18554 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18555 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18556 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18557 should return the previous buffer to search.
18559 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18560 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18561 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18563 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18564 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18565 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18568 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18569 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18570 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18572 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18573 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18574 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18576 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18577 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18579 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18580 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18581 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18585 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18586 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18587 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18588 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18589 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18590 whose names match the specified regexp.
18592 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18594 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18595 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18596 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18597 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18598 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18599 whose names match the specified regexp.
18601 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18603 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18604 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18605 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18606 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18607 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18608 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18609 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18611 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18613 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18614 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18615 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18616 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18617 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18618 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18619 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18621 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22388
18626 ;;;;;; 6387 283294 737000))
18627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18628 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18630 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18631 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22388 6373
18638 ;;;;;; 521159 397000))
18639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18641 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18642 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18644 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22388 6373
18649 ;;;;;; 524159 426000))
18650 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18652 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18653 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18655 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18657 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18658 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18659 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18660 the entire message.
18661 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18663 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22388 6373
18668 ;;;;;; 524159 426000))
18669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18671 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18672 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18673 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18674 the entire message.
18675 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18677 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22388 6373 526159
18683 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18685 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18686 Insert file contents of URL.
18687 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18689 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18691 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18692 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18694 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22388 6373 564159
18700 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18702 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18703 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18704 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18705 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18706 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18708 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18710 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18711 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18712 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18714 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22388 6373 623160 399000))
18719 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18721 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18722 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18726 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18727 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18728 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18729 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18730 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18732 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18733 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18734 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18735 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18736 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18737 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18739 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22388 6373 653160
18745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18747 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18750 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18752 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18755 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22388 6373 662160
18761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18763 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18766 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18768 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18771 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18773 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18776 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18778 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18781 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18783 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18786 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18788 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18791 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18793 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22388 6368
18801 ;;;;;; 463109 654000))
18802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18804 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22388 6387
18809 ;;;;;; 287294 776000))
18810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18812 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18814 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18815 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18816 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18817 followed by the first character of the construct.
18819 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18820 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18821 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18822 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18823 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18824 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18825 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18826 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18827 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18828 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18829 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18830 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18831 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18834 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18835 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18836 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22388 6383 419256
18844 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18846 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18847 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18849 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18851 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18852 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18854 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18856 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18857 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18859 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18861 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18862 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18864 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22388 5706 883603
18870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18872 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18873 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18875 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18876 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18877 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18879 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18880 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18881 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18883 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18884 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18886 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18887 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18888 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18889 hemisphere you're in.)
18891 To test this function, evaluate:
18892 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18894 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18896 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18897 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18899 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18900 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18902 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18903 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18904 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18906 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18907 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18909 To test this function, evaluate:
18910 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18912 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22388 5707 75605 386000))
18917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18919 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18920 Main entry point for MPC.
18926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22388 6383 433256 875000))
18927 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18929 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18930 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22388 5707 159606 212000))
18937 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18939 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18940 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18941 See the `msb-mode' command
18942 for a description of this minor mode.
18943 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18944 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18945 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18947 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18949 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18951 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18952 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18953 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18955 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18956 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22388
18963 ;;;;;; 6374 566169 673000))
18964 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18966 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18967 Display a list of all character sets.
18969 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18970 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18971 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18972 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18973 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18975 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18976 but still shows the full information.
18980 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18981 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18982 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18984 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18985 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18986 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18987 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18988 meanings of these arguments.
18990 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18992 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18993 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18995 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18997 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18998 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
19000 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19002 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19003 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
19005 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19007 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
19008 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
19010 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
19011 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
19013 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19014 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19015 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
19016 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
19017 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
19018 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
19019 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19020 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19021 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19022 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19023 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19024 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19025 `default-process-coding-system' for read
19026 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
19027 `default-process-coding-system' for write
19028 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
19032 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19033 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
19037 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
19038 Display a list of all coding systems.
19039 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
19041 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
19042 but still contains full information about each coding system.
19044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19046 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
19047 Display a list of all coding categories.
19051 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
19052 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
19053 The font must be already used by Emacs.
19055 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19057 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19058 Display information about FONTSET.
19059 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19061 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19063 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19064 Display a list of all fontsets.
19065 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19066 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19067 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19071 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19072 Display information about all input methods.
19076 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19077 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19079 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19080 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19081 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19082 system which uses fontsets).
19086 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19087 Show log of font listing and opening.
19088 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19089 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19091 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22388
19096 ;;;;;; 6374 605170 57000))
19097 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19099 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19100 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19102 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19103 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19105 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19106 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19108 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19110 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19111 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19112 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19113 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19114 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19115 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19116 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19118 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19119 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19120 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19121 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19122 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19123 middle of a character in STR.
19125 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19126 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19128 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19129 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19130 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19131 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19132 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19134 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19136 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19137 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19139 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19140 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19141 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19143 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19144 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19145 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19147 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19148 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19149 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19151 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19152 longer than KEYSEQ.
19153 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19155 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19157 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19158 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19159 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19160 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19161 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19162 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19163 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19164 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19165 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19166 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19167 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19169 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19171 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19172 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19174 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19176 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19177 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19179 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19181 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19182 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19184 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19186 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19187 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19189 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19191 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19192 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19193 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19194 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19195 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19197 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19198 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19200 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19201 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19202 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19203 coding systems ordered by priority.
19205 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19207 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19209 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19210 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19211 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19212 language environment LANG-ENV.
19214 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19216 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19217 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19218 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19219 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19220 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19221 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19223 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19225 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19226 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19227 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19228 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19229 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19231 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19233 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19234 part of the file/buffer.
19235 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19237 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19239 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19240 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19241 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19242 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19243 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19245 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19247 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19248 part of the file/buffer.
19249 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19251 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22388 6377
19256 ;;;;;; 599199 501000))
19257 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19259 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19260 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19264 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19265 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19269 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19270 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19274 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19275 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19279 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19280 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19284 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19285 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19287 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19289 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19291 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19292 `ping-program-options'.
19296 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19297 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19301 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19302 Run nslookup program.
19306 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19307 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19311 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19316 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19321 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19322 Finger USER on HOST.
19324 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19326 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19327 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19328 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19329 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19331 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19333 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19338 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19339 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19341 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19343 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19344 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19346 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22388 6377 609199 599000))
19351 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19353 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19354 Return a user name/password pair.
19355 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19356 listed in the PORTS list.
19358 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22388
19363 ;;;;;; 6377 611199 619000))
19364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19366 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19367 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19368 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19369 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19370 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19373 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19375 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19376 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19377 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19378 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19379 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19380 a port number to connect to.
19382 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19385 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19387 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19388 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19389 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19390 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19391 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19392 an unencrypted connection.
19393 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19394 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19395 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19396 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19397 returned object is a killed process.
19398 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19399 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19400 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19402 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19403 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19404 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19405 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19406 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19407 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19408 or nil if none could be found.
19409 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19410 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19412 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19414 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19415 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19416 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19418 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19419 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19420 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19422 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19423 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19424 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19426 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19427 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19428 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19429 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19431 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19432 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19434 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19435 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19436 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19437 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19438 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19439 or STARTTLS connections.
19441 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19442 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19444 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19445 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19447 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19448 a greeting from the server.
19450 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19451 asynchronously, if possible.
19453 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19455 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22388
19460 ;;;;;; 6377 707200 563000))
19461 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19463 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19464 Check whether newsticker is running.
19465 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19466 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19470 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19471 Start the newsticker.
19472 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19473 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19474 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19475 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19477 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19482 ;;;;;; (22388 6377 714200 632000))
19483 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19485 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19486 Start newsticker plainview.
19492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22388
19493 ;;;;;; 6377 747200 956000))
19494 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19496 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19497 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22388
19504 ;;;;;; 6377 755201 35000))
19505 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19507 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19508 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19509 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19510 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19515 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19516 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19517 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22388
19525 ;;;;;; 6377 785201 330000))
19526 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19528 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19529 Start newsticker treeview.
19535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22388 6373 720161
19537 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19539 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19540 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19542 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22388 6373 725161
19548 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19550 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19551 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19552 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19553 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19554 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19555 symbol in the alist.
19557 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22388 6373 768161
19563 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19565 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19566 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19567 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22388 6374 14164 244000))
19574 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19576 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19577 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19579 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22388 5707 314607 736000))
19584 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19586 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19588 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19589 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19590 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19592 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19595 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19597 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19598 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19599 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19600 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19601 to future sessions.
19603 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19605 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19606 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19607 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19608 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19611 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22388
19616 ;;;;;; 6389 478316 324000))
19617 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19619 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19620 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19622 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19623 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19624 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22388 6377 844201 910000))
19631 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19632 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22388 6379
19637 ;;;;;; 155214 803000))
19638 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19640 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19641 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19642 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19643 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19645 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22388 6379
19650 ;;;;;; 228215 522000))
19651 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19653 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19654 Major mode for editing XML.
19656 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19657 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19658 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19659 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19660 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19661 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19662 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19664 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19666 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19667 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19669 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19670 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19671 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19672 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19675 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19676 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19677 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19678 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19679 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19680 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19682 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19683 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19684 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19686 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19687 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19688 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19690 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19691 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19692 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19693 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19694 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19695 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19696 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19697 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19698 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19700 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19702 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19703 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19706 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22388 6379
19711 ;;;;;; 309216 317000))
19712 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19714 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19715 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19716 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19717 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22388 6387
19724 ;;;;;; 328295 179000))
19725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19727 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19728 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19730 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19731 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19732 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19733 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19735 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19738 \\{octave-mode-map}
19742 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19743 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19744 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19746 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19748 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19749 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19751 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19752 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19753 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19757 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22388 6387
19762 ;;;;;; 367295 563000))
19763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19765 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19767 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19768 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19769 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19770 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19771 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19773 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19777 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19778 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19779 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19780 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19781 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19782 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19783 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19784 Directories to search when finding external units.
19785 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19786 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19790 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19791 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22388 6381 830241 110000))
19798 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19800 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19801 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19803 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19805 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19806 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19807 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19808 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19809 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19810 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19812 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19814 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19815 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19816 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19817 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19818 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19820 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19822 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19823 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19827 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19828 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19832 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19833 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19834 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19836 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19837 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19838 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19839 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19840 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19841 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19842 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19843 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19844 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19845 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19847 The following commands are available:
19853 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19854 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19856 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19857 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19858 in special contexts.
19860 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19861 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19862 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19863 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19864 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19865 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19866 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19867 properties in the buffer.
19868 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19869 including any drawers.
19871 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19873 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19874 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19875 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19876 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19877 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19878 and zoom in further.
19879 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19880 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19882 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19883 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19884 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19885 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19886 times right after creating a new headline.
19888 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19889 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19890 is negative, go up that many levels.
19892 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19893 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19894 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19896 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19897 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19898 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19899 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19903 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19904 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19905 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19906 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19909 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19911 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19912 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19913 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19914 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19915 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19916 defined by Org-mode).
19918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19920 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19921 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19925 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19926 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19930 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19931 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19932 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19933 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19936 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19938 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19939 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19940 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19941 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19943 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19944 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19945 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19947 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19948 part of Org's core.
19950 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19955 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19956 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19957 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19961 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19962 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19963 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19968 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19969 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19971 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19973 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19974 Switch between Org buffers.
19975 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19976 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19978 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19979 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19983 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19985 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19987 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19988 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19989 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19990 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19994 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19995 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19997 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19999 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20000 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20001 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20005 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20006 Reload all org lisp files.
20007 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20009 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20011 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20012 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22388 6380
20019 ;;;;;; 492227 952000))
20020 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20022 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20023 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
20025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20027 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20028 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20029 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20030 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20032 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20033 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20034 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20035 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20036 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20037 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20038 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20039 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20040 e Export views to associated files.
20041 s Search entries for keywords.
20042 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20043 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20044 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20045 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20046 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20047 > Remove a previous restriction.
20048 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20049 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20050 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20052 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20053 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20054 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20056 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20057 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20058 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20059 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20062 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20064 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20065 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20066 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20067 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20068 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20069 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20070 before running the agenda command.
20072 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20074 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20075 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20076 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20077 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20078 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20079 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20080 before running the agenda command.
20082 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20083 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20085 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20087 category The category of the item
20088 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20089 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20090 todo selected in TODO match
20091 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20092 diary imported from diary
20093 deadline a deadline on given date
20094 scheduled scheduled on given date
20095 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20096 closed entry was closed on given date
20097 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20098 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20099 block entry has date block including g. date
20100 todo The todo keyword, if any
20101 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20102 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20103 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20104 extra Sting with extra planning info
20105 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20106 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20107 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20109 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20111 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20112 Store agenda views.
20114 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20116 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20117 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20119 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20121 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20122 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20123 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20124 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20126 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20127 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20128 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20130 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20131 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20133 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20134 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20136 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20138 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20139 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20141 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20142 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20143 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20144 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20147 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20148 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20149 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20150 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20151 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20152 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20154 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20155 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20156 including newlines.
20158 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20159 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20160 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20161 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20162 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20163 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20164 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20166 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20167 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20168 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20169 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20171 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20172 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20173 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20174 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20175 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20176 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20177 Boolean search must match as full words.
20179 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20180 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20182 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20184 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20185 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20186 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20187 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20188 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20189 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20193 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20194 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20195 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20197 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20199 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20200 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20201 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20202 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20203 `org-stuck-projects'.
20205 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20207 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20208 Return diary information from org files.
20209 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20210 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20211 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20212 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20213 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20215 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20217 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20219 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20220 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20224 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20225 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20226 So the example above may also be written as
20228 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20230 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20231 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20232 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20234 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20236 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20237 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20239 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20241 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20242 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20243 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20244 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20245 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20247 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20249 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20250 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20251 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20255 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20256 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20257 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20260 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20261 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20263 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20264 for filtering entries out.
20266 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20267 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20268 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20270 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20271 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20273 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20274 (category \"Work\"))
20276 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20277 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20279 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20280 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20281 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20282 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20283 details and examples.
20285 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20286 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20288 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22388 6380
20293 ;;;;;; 765230 636000))
20294 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20296 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20297 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20299 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20301 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20303 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20304 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20305 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20306 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20307 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20308 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20310 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20311 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20312 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20315 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20317 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20318 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20321 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20322 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20323 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20324 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20326 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20328 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20329 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22388 6380
20336 ;;;;;; 918232 141000))
20337 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20339 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20340 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20344 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20349 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20350 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20351 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20353 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20355 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20356 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20358 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20360 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20361 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20363 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20365 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20366 Write the column view table.
20367 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20369 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20370 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20371 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20372 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20373 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20374 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20375 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20376 using `org-id-find'.
20377 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20378 a hline before each level <= that number.
20379 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20380 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20382 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20383 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20385 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20387 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20388 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20392 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20393 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22388 6380
20400 ;;;;;; 946232 416000))
20401 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20403 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20404 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22388 6381 325236
20412 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20414 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20415 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22388 6381
20422 ;;;;;; 568238 534000))
20423 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20425 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20426 The release version of org-mode.
20427 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20431 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20432 The Git version of org-mode.
20433 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22388 5707 326607 854000))
20440 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20441 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20442 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20444 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20445 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20446 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20447 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20449 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20450 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20451 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20452 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20454 \\{outline-mode-map}
20455 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20456 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20457 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20458 are used when point is on a heading line.
20460 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20461 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20462 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20464 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20465 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20469 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20470 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20471 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20472 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20473 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20475 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20478 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22420 38537
20483 ;;;;;; 270424 442000))
20484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20485 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20487 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20488 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20489 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20490 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20491 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20493 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20494 activate the package system at any time.")
20496 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20498 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20499 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20500 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20501 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20502 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20504 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20505 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20506 loading packages twice.
20507 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
20508 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
20509 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
20511 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20513 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20514 Import keys from FILE.
20516 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20518 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20519 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20520 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20521 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20522 and make them available for download.
20523 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20524 downloads in the background.
20526 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20528 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20529 Install the package PKG.
20530 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20531 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20533 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20534 `package-selected-packages'.
20536 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20537 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20539 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20541 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20542 Install a package from the current buffer.
20543 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20544 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20545 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20547 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20548 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20549 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20551 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20555 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20556 Install a package from a file.
20557 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20562 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20563 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20564 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20568 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20569 Reinstall package PKG.
20570 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20575 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20576 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20578 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20579 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20584 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20585 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20587 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20589 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20590 Display a list of packages.
20591 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20592 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20593 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20595 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20597 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22388 5707 384608 424000))
20602 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20604 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20605 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20606 See the `show-paren-mode' command
20607 for a description of this minor mode.
20608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20610 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20612 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20614 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20615 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20616 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20617 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20618 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20620 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20621 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20622 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22388
20629 ;;;;;; 6368 186106 930000))
20630 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20631 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20633 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20634 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20635 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20636 unknown are returned as nil.
20638 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22388 6387
20643 ;;;;;; 391295 799000))
20644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20646 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20647 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20648 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20650 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20651 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20653 Other useful functions are:
20655 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20656 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20657 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20658 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20659 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20660 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20661 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20662 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20663 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20665 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20667 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20668 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20669 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20670 Indentation for case statements.
20671 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20672 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20674 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20675 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20676 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20677 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20678 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20679 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20680 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20681 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20682 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20683 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20685 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20686 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22388
20693 ;;;;;; 5707 386608 444000))
20694 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20696 (defvar password-cache t "\
20697 Whether to cache passwords.")
20699 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20701 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20702 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20703 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20705 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20707 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20708 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20710 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22388 6369 618121
20716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20718 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20719 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20720 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20722 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20723 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20724 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20725 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20727 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20728 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20729 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20731 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20732 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20733 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20734 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20735 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20738 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20739 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20740 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20741 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20743 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20745 _ matches anything.
20746 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20747 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20748 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20749 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20750 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20751 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20752 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20753 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20754 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20755 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20756 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20757 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20759 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20761 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20762 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20763 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20764 which is the value being matched.
20765 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20766 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20768 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20769 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20771 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20773 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20775 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20776 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20778 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20780 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20782 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20783 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20784 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20785 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20786 variable name being but a special case of it).
20788 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20790 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20792 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20794 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20795 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20796 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20797 of the form (PAT EXP).
20799 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20801 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20803 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20804 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20805 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20806 of the form (PAT EXP).
20807 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20808 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20811 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20813 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20815 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20818 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20820 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20822 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20823 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20824 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20827 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20829 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20831 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22388 5707 387608
20837 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20839 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20840 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22388 5707 389608
20848 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20850 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20851 Completion for `gzip'.
20855 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20856 Completion for `bzip2'.
20860 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20861 Completion for GNU `make'.
20865 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20866 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20870 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22388 5707
20875 ;;;;;; 397608 552000))
20876 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20878 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20879 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20883 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20884 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20888 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20889 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22388 5707 398608
20897 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20899 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20900 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22388 5707 426608
20908 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20910 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20911 Completion for `cd'.
20915 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20917 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20918 Completion for `rmdir'.
20922 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20923 Completion for `rm'.
20927 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20928 Completion for `xargs'.
20932 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20934 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20935 Completion for `which'.
20939 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20940 Completion for the `chown' command.
20944 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20945 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20949 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20950 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20954 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20955 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20956 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22388 5707 427608 847000))
20963 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20965 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20966 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20970 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20971 Completion for the `ack' command.
20972 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20977 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20979 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20980 Completion for the `ag' command.
20986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22388 5707 441608
20988 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20990 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20991 Support extensible programmable completion.
20992 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20993 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20995 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20997 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20998 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21002 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21003 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21004 This will modify the current buffer.
21008 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21009 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21013 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21014 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21015 This will modify the current buffer.
21019 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21020 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21024 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21025 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21029 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21030 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21031 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21032 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21033 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21035 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21037 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21038 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22388 6391 236333 612000))
21045 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21047 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21048 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21049 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21050 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21052 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21054 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21056 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21057 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21058 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21059 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21060 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21061 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21064 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21066 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21067 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21068 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21069 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21070 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21071 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21072 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21073 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21075 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21077 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21078 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21079 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21080 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21081 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21082 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21083 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21086 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21088 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21089 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21090 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21091 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21092 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21093 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21094 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21096 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21098 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21099 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21100 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21102 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21104 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21105 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21106 A value of nil means never do it.
21107 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21108 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21109 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21111 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21113 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21114 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21115 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22388 6391 155332
21121 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21123 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21124 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22388
21129 ;;;;;; 6387 473296 605000))
21130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21131 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21132 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21133 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21134 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21135 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21136 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21138 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21139 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21140 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21141 Tab indents for Perl code.
21142 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21143 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21144 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21146 Variables controlling indentation style:
21147 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21148 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21149 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21150 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21151 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21152 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21153 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21155 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21156 `perl-indent-level'
21157 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21158 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21159 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21160 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21161 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21162 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21163 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21164 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21165 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21166 `perl-brace-offset'
21167 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21168 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21169 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21170 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21171 `perl-label-offset'
21172 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21173 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21174 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21176 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21177 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21178 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21179 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21180 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21181 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21182 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21184 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22388 6389
21191 ;;;;;; 521316 747000))
21192 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21194 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21195 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21196 \\<picture-mode-map>
21197 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21198 afterwards settable by these commands:
21200 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21201 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21202 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21203 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21205 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21206 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21207 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21208 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21210 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21211 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21212 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21213 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21215 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21216 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21217 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21218 with these commands:
21220 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21221 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21222 Move to column following last
21223 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21224 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21225 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21226 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21227 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21228 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21230 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21232 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21233 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21234 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21235 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21236 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21237 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21239 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21240 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21241 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21242 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21243 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21244 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21245 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21247 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21248 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21249 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21250 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21251 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21252 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21253 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21254 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21256 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21257 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21258 by supplying an argument.
21260 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21262 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21263 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21267 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22388 6377 846201
21273 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21274 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21276 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21277 Start a Pinentry service.
21279 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21280 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21282 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21285 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22388 6374 119165
21291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21293 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21294 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21296 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21298 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21299 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22388 6389 566317 189000))
21306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21308 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21309 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21310 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21312 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22388 6383 433256 875000))
21317 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21319 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21320 Play pong and waste time.
21321 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21322 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21324 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22388 6374 119165 277000))
21333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21335 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21336 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21337 Use streaming commands.
21339 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22388 6369 620121
21345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21347 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21348 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21349 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21350 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21352 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21354 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21355 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21359 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21360 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21361 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21362 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21363 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21365 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21367 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21368 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21369 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21371 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21373 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21374 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21376 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21378 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21379 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21380 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21381 Ignores leading comment characters.
21385 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21386 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21387 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21388 Ignores leading comment characters.
21394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22388 5707 557610
21396 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21397 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21399 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21400 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21402 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21404 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21408 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21409 Preview directory using ghostview.
21411 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21412 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21413 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21414 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21416 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21417 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21418 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21419 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21420 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21423 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21425 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21427 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21428 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21430 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21431 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21432 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21433 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21435 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21436 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21437 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21438 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21439 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21442 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21444 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21446 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21447 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21449 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21450 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21451 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21452 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21454 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21455 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21456 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21457 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21458 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21461 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21463 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21465 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21466 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21468 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21470 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21471 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21472 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21473 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21475 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21476 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21477 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21478 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21479 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21482 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21484 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21486 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21487 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21489 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21490 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21491 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21493 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21494 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21495 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21496 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21498 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21500 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21501 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21503 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21504 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21505 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21507 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21508 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21509 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21510 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21512 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21514 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21515 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21517 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21518 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21519 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21521 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21522 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21523 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21524 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21526 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21528 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21529 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21531 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21533 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21534 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21535 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21537 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21538 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21539 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21540 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21542 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21544 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21545 Preview region using ghostview.
21547 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21549 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21551 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21552 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21554 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21556 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21558 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21559 Print region using PostScript printer.
21561 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21563 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21565 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21566 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21568 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21570 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21572 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21573 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21575 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21577 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21579 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21580 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21582 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21584 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21586 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21587 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21589 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21591 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21593 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21594 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21596 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21598 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21600 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21601 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21602 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21603 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21605 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21608 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21609 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21611 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21613 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21615 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21616 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21617 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21618 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21622 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21623 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21624 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21625 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21629 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21630 Print directory using text printer.
21632 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21635 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21636 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21638 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21640 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21642 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21643 Print buffer using text printer.
21647 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21648 Print region using text printer.
21652 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21653 Print major mode using text printer.
21657 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21658 Preview spooled PostScript.
21660 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21661 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21662 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21664 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21665 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21666 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21668 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21670 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21671 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21673 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21674 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21675 instead of sending it to the printer.
21677 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21678 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21679 image in a file with that name.
21681 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21683 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21684 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21686 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21687 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21688 instead of sending it to the printer.
21690 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21691 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21692 image in a file with that name.
21694 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21696 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21697 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21699 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21700 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21701 instead of sending it to the printer.
21703 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21704 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21705 image in a file with that name.
21707 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21709 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21710 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21712 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21714 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21715 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21717 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21720 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21722 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21725 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21727 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21729 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21730 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21732 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21734 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21735 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21737 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21738 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21739 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21740 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21742 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21743 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21744 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21745 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21746 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21747 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21750 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21752 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21753 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21757 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21758 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21760 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21762 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21767 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21768 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21772 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21773 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21777 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21778 Toggle printing with faces.
21782 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21787 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21792 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21795 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21797 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21802 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21807 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21808 Toggle upside-down.
21812 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21813 Toggle line number.
21817 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21818 Toggle zebra stripes.
21822 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21823 Toggle printing header.
21827 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21828 Toggle printing header frame.
21832 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21837 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21838 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21842 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21847 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21848 Customization of the `printing' group.
21850 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21852 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21853 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21855 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21857 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21858 Help for the printing package.
21860 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21862 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21863 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21867 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21868 Interactively select a text printer.
21872 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21873 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21877 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21878 Show current ps-print settings.
21880 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21882 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21883 Show current printing settings.
21885 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21887 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21888 Show current lpr settings.
21890 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21892 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21893 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21895 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21896 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21897 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21898 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21901 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21903 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21904 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21905 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21907 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21908 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21909 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21910 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21911 current active printer.
21913 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21914 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21915 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21918 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21919 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21920 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21921 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21922 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21925 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21926 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21928 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21930 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21931 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21932 be done using the new current active printer.
21934 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21935 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21938 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21939 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21940 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21941 instead of sending it to the printer.
21943 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21944 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21947 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21950 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21953 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21955 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21956 Fast fire function for text printing.
21958 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21959 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21960 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21961 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21963 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21964 user for a new active text printer.
21966 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21968 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21970 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21971 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21974 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21976 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21979 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22388 5707 663611 168000))
21984 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21986 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21987 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21988 \\<proced-mode-map>
21989 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21990 the process information.
21992 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21994 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22431 53468 722634
22003 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
22005 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
22006 Start/restart profilers.
22007 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
22008 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
22009 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
22013 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
22014 Open profile FILENAME.
22016 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22018 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
22019 Open profile FILENAME.
22021 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22023 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
22024 Open profile FILENAME.
22026 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22388 6387
22031 ;;;;;; 479296 664000))
22032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
22034 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
22035 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
22036 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
22037 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
22038 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
22039 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
22041 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
22043 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
22044 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
22045 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
22046 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
22048 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22050 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
22051 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
22052 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
22053 pattern to search for.
22055 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22057 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
22058 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
22059 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22064 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
22065 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22066 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22388 6387
22074 ;;;;;; 512296 989000))
22075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22077 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22078 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22080 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22081 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22083 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22085 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22086 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22089 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22093 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22094 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22095 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22099 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22100 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22101 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22388 5707 728611 808000))
22108 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22110 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22111 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22112 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22114 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22388 6387
22119 ;;;;;; 553297 392000))
22120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22121 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22123 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22124 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22126 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22128 The following variables hold user options, and can
22129 be set through the `customize' command:
22132 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22133 `ps-mode-print-function'
22135 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22139 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22142 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22148 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22149 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22150 The keymap for this second window is:
22152 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22155 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22156 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22157 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22158 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22159 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22388 5707 937613
22167 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22168 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22170 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22171 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22172 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22174 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22176 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22177 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22178 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22179 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22181 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22183 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22184 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22188 nil Do not print colors.
22192 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22193 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22195 Any other value is treated as t.")
22197 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22199 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22200 Customization of ps-print group.
22204 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22205 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22207 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22208 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22209 sending it to the printer.
22211 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22212 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22213 image in a file with that name.
22215 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22217 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22218 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22219 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22220 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22221 so it has a way to determine color values.
22223 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22225 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22226 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22227 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22229 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22231 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22232 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22233 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22234 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22235 so it has a way to determine color values.
22237 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22239 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22240 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22241 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22242 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22244 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22248 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22249 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22250 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22251 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22252 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22254 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22258 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22259 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22260 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22262 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22264 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22266 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22267 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22268 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22269 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22270 so it has a way to determine color values.
22272 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22274 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22276 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22277 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22279 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22280 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22281 instead of sending it to the printer.
22283 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22284 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22285 image in a file with that name.
22287 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22289 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22290 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22291 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22292 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22293 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22297 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22298 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22299 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22301 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22303 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22304 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22305 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22307 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22309 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22310 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22314 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22315 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22317 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22318 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22320 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22321 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22323 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22325 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22327 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22329 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22330 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22332 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22333 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22335 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22336 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22338 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22340 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22342 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22344 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22345 foreground and background colors respectively.
22347 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22348 bold - use bold font.
22349 italic - use italic font.
22350 underline - put a line under text.
22351 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22352 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22353 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22354 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22355 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22357 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22359 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22388 6368 485109
22365 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22366 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22368 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22369 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22370 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22372 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22374 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22375 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22376 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22378 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22388 6387
22383 ;;;;;; 635298 199000))
22384 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22385 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22387 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22389 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22391 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22392 Run an inferior Python process.
22394 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22395 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22396 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22397 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22398 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22400 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22401 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22402 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22403 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22405 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22406 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22407 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22409 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22411 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22412 Major mode for editing Python files.
22414 \\{python-mode-map}
22420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22388 6374 122165 307000))
22421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22423 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22424 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22425 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22428 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22429 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22431 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22432 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22433 them into characters should be done separately.
22435 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22388 6374
22440 ;;;;;; 689170 883000))
22441 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22443 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22444 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22448 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22449 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22450 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22452 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22453 `quail-activate', which see.
22455 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22457 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22458 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22459 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22460 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22461 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22462 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22463 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22465 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22466 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22467 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22468 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22469 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22471 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22473 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22474 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22475 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22476 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22477 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22478 list of candidates.
22480 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22481 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22482 command to be called.
22484 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22485 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22486 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22487 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22489 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22490 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22491 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22492 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22493 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22496 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22497 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22498 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22499 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22501 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22502 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22503 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22504 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22505 defines no translations for single character keys.
22507 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22508 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22509 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22510 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22511 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22512 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22514 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22515 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22516 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22517 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22518 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22519 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22521 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22522 covers Quail translation region.
22524 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22525 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22526 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22527 for it) is inserted.
22529 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22530 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22531 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22533 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22534 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22535 non-Quail commands.
22537 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22539 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22540 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22542 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22543 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22544 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22545 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22546 you type is correctly handled.
22548 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22550 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22551 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22553 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22556 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22558 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22559 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22560 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22561 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22562 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22563 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22564 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22565 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22566 for the translation.
22567 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22569 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22570 it is used to handle KEY.
22572 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22573 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22574 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22575 the following annotation types are supported.
22577 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22578 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22580 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22583 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22584 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22585 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22588 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22589 generated for the following translations.
22591 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22593 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22594 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22596 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22597 which to install MAP.
22599 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22601 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22603 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22604 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22606 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22607 which to install MAP.
22609 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22611 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22613 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22614 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22615 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22616 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22617 a function, or a cons.
22618 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22619 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22620 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22621 for the translation.
22622 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22623 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22624 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22625 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22626 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22628 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22629 it is used to handle KEY.
22631 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22632 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22633 current Quail package.
22635 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22636 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22638 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22640 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22641 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22643 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22644 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22646 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22648 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22649 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22651 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22653 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22654 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22655 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22656 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22657 of the Emacs source tree.
22659 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22660 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22662 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22663 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22666 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22388
22671 ;;;;;; 7510 443340 205000))
22672 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22674 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22675 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22676 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22677 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22679 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22684 ;;;;;; (22388 7511 889354 425000))
22685 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22687 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22688 Activate UCS input method.
22689 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22691 While this input method is active, the variable
22692 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22694 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22388 6377 884202
22700 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22702 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22703 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22704 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22705 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22707 To make use of this do something like:
22709 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22711 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22713 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22714 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22716 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22717 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22718 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22720 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22722 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22723 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22725 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22727 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22728 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22730 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22733 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22735 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22736 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22738 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22739 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22740 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22742 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22744 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22745 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22747 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22749 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22750 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22754 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22755 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22757 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22759 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22763 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22764 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22388 6377 971203 159000))
22771 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22773 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22774 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22776 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22778 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22782 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22784 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22787 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22789 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22790 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22791 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
22792 for a description of this minor mode.
22793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22794 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22795 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22797 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22799 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22800 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22802 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22803 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22388
22810 ;;;;;; 6369 628121 111000))
22811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22813 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22815 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22816 Construct a regexp interactively.
22817 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22818 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22819 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22821 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22822 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22388 5708 102615 486000))
22829 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22831 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22832 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22833 See the `recentf-mode' command
22834 for a description of this minor mode.
22835 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22836 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22837 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22839 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22841 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22842 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22843 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22844 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22845 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22847 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22848 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22849 were operated on recently.
22851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22420 38537 290424 639000))
22856 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22858 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22859 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22860 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22861 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22864 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22865 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22868 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22870 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22871 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22872 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22874 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22875 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22878 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22880 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22881 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22882 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22884 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22886 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22887 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22889 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22890 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22892 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22895 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22896 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
22897 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22898 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22901 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22903 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22904 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22906 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22908 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22909 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22913 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22914 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22915 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22916 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22917 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22918 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22919 and point is at the lower right corner.
22921 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22923 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22924 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22926 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22927 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22929 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22930 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22931 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22933 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22935 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22937 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22938 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22939 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22940 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22941 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22943 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22944 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22946 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22948 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22949 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22950 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22952 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22954 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22956 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22958 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22959 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22961 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22962 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22963 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22965 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22967 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22968 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22969 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22971 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22972 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22973 rectangle which were empty.
22975 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22977 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22978 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22980 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22981 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22982 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22983 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22985 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22987 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22988 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22989 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22388 6389
22996 ;;;;;; 566317 189000))
22997 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22999 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23000 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23001 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23002 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23003 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23005 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23006 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23007 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23010 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22388 6389
23017 ;;;;;; 951320 975000))
23018 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23019 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
23020 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
23021 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
23022 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
23024 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23025 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23029 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23030 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23032 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23033 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23035 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23036 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23037 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23040 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23041 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23042 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23044 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23045 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23046 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23048 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23049 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23051 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23052 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23054 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23055 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23058 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23062 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23063 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23064 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22388
23071 ;;;;;; 6389 866320 139000))
23072 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23073 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23074 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23075 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23076 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22489
23081 ;;;;;; 43024 126096 745000))
23082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23084 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23085 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23086 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain
23087 any regexps, quoted or not. Optional PAREN specifies how the
23088 returned regexp is surrounded by grouping constructs.
23090 The optional argument PAREN can be any of the following:
23093 the resulting regexp is preceded by PAREN and followed by
23094 \\), e.g. use \"\\\\(?1:\" to produce an explicitly numbered
23098 the resulting regexp is surrounded by \\=\\<\\( and \\)\\>.
23101 the resulting regexp is surrounded by \\_<\\( and \\)\\_>.
23104 the resulting regexp is surrounded by \\( and \\).
23107 the resulting regexp is surrounded by \\(?: and \\), if it is
23108 necessary to ensure that a postfix operator appended to it will
23109 apply to the whole expression.
23111 The resulting regexp is equivalent to but usually more efficient
23112 than that of a simplified version:
23114 (defun simplified-regexp-opt (strings &optional paren)
23116 (cond ((stringp paren) (cons paren \"\\\\)\"))
23117 ((eq paren 'words) '(\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(\" . \"\\\\)\\\\>\"))
23118 ((eq paren 'symbols) '(\"\\\\_<\\\\(\" . \"\\\\)\\\\_>\"))
23119 ((null paren) '(\"\\\\(?:\" . \"\\\\)\"))
23120 (t '(\"\\\\(\" . \"\\\\)\")))))
23121 (concat (car paren)
23122 (mapconcat 'regexp-quote strings \"\\\\|\")
23125 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23127 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23128 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23129 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23130 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23132 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22388 6369 632121
23138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23139 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22388 6389
23144 ;;;;;; 996321 418000))
23145 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23146 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23148 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23149 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23150 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23151 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23153 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23155 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23157 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23158 Call `remember' in another frame.
23160 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23162 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23163 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23164 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23168 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23169 Extract diary entries from the region.
23173 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23174 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23175 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23176 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23178 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23180 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23181 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23182 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23185 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23187 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23190 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23191 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23192 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23194 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22388 5708 226616 706000))
23199 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23200 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23202 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23203 Repeat most recently executed command.
23204 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23205 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23206 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23208 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23209 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23210 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23211 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23213 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23214 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23215 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23217 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22388 6375 640180
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23225 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23226 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23228 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23229 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23230 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23231 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23232 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23233 and point is left after the salutation.
23235 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23236 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23237 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23238 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23239 left after that text.
23241 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23244 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23245 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23246 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23247 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23249 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22388 5708 409618
23255 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23257 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23258 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23259 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23260 visibility of comments that precede it.
23261 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23262 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23263 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23264 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23265 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23266 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23267 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23268 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23270 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23271 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23272 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23273 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23274 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22388 5708 409618 505000))
23281 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23283 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23284 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23285 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23286 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23287 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23289 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23290 reveals invisible text around point.
23292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23294 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23295 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23296 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
23297 for a description of this minor mode.
23298 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23299 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23300 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23302 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23304 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23305 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23306 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23309 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23310 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22388 6369 634121
23318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23320 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23321 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23325 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23326 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23328 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22388 6377 978203
23334 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23336 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23337 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23338 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23339 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23341 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23343 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23344 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23345 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23346 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23348 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23349 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23351 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23352 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23354 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23355 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23358 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23359 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23360 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23361 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23362 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23364 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23365 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23366 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23367 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23369 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23370 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23373 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22388 6375 722181
23379 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23381 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23382 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23384 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23386 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23388 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23389 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23390 Its name should end with a slash.")
23392 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23393 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23395 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23396 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23397 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23399 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23401 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23402 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23403 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23404 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23405 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23406 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23407 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23409 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23410 sent by you under different user names.
23411 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23413 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23415 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23417 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23419 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23420 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23421 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23424 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23426 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23427 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23428 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23429 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23430 which normally happens once for each message,
23431 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23432 To make a change in this variable take effect
23433 for a message that you have already viewed,
23434 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23436 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23438 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23439 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23440 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23441 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23443 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23445 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23446 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23448 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23450 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23451 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23452 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23454 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23456 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23457 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23458 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23459 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23460 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23461 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23463 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23465 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23466 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23468 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23470 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23471 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23473 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23475 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23476 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23478 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23479 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23481 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23483 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23484 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23486 This is set to nil by default.")
23488 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23489 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23490 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23491 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23492 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23493 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23494 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23496 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23497 Read and edit incoming mail.
23498 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23499 file in RMAIL Mode.
23500 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23502 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23503 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23504 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23505 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23507 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23509 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23511 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23512 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23513 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23514 Instead, these commands are available:
23516 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23517 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23518 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23519 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23520 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23521 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23522 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23523 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23524 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23525 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23526 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23527 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23528 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23529 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23530 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23531 till a deleted message is found.
23532 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23533 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23534 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23535 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23536 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23537 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23538 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23539 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23540 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23541 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23542 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23543 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23544 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23545 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23546 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23547 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23548 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23549 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23550 (label defaults to last one specified).
23551 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23552 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23553 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23554 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23555 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23556 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23557 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23558 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23559 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23563 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23564 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23566 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23568 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23569 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23571 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22388 6375 836182
23577 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23578 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23580 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23581 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23582 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23583 case it writes Babyl.
23585 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23586 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23587 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23588 `rmail-default-file'.
23590 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23591 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23592 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23594 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23595 the header display is currently pruned.
23597 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23598 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23599 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23600 messages after output.
23602 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23603 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23604 message (if writing a file directly).
23606 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23607 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23609 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23611 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23612 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23613 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23614 i) the header is output as currently seen
23615 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23616 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23618 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23619 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23620 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23622 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23624 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23625 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23626 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23627 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23628 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23629 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23630 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23632 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23633 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23634 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23636 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22388 6379
23641 ;;;;;; 311216 337000))
23642 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23644 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23645 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23648 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22388 6379 395217
23654 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23656 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23657 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23658 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23659 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22388 6379
23666 ;;;;;; 440217 606000))
23667 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23669 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23670 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23672 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23673 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23674 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23675 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23676 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23677 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23678 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23679 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23680 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23681 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23683 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23684 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23685 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23686 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23687 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23688 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23689 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23690 to use for finding the schema.
23692 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22388 6379 480217
23698 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23700 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23702 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23703 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23704 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23705 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23706 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23707 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23708 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23709 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23710 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23711 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23712 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23713 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23714 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23715 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23716 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23717 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23720 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22388 6374
23725 ;;;;;; 714171 129000))
23726 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23728 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23729 Define a robin package.
23731 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23732 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23733 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23734 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23736 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23737 one replaces the old one.
23739 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23741 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23742 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23744 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23745 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23746 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23748 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23750 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23751 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23753 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22388 5708 410618 514000))
23758 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23760 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23761 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23763 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23765 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23766 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23770 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23771 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23773 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23775 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23776 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23777 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23779 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23780 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23783 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23787 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23788 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22388 6390 44321
23796 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23799 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23800 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23803 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23804 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23811 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23812 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23814 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23815 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23817 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23818 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23819 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22388
23826 ;;;;;; 6387 729299 124000))
23827 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23828 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23830 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23831 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23837 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23839 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22388 5708 411618
23845 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23846 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23848 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23849 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23850 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23852 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23853 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23854 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23855 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23856 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22388 6369 650121
23864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23866 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23867 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23868 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23869 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23871 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23873 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23874 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23875 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23877 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23878 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23879 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23881 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23885 matches string STRING literally.
23888 matches character CHAR literally.
23890 `not-newline', `nonl'
23891 matches any character except a newline.
23894 matches any character
23899 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23900 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23901 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23903 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23904 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23905 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23906 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23908 `(not (any SET ...))'
23909 matches any character not in SET ...
23911 `line-start', `bol'
23912 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23913 in the text being matched
23916 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23918 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23919 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23920 string being matched against.
23922 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23923 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23924 string being matched against.
23927 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23928 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23931 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23932 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23935 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23937 `word-start', `bow'
23938 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23941 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23944 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23947 `(not word-boundary)'
23948 `not-word-boundary'
23949 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23953 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23956 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23958 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23959 matches 0 through 9.
23962 matches ASCII control characters.
23964 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23965 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23968 matches space and tab only.
23971 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23972 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23973 unassigned by Unicode.
23975 `printing', `print'
23976 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23978 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23979 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23980 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23982 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23983 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23984 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23987 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23990 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23992 `lower', `lower-case'
23993 matches anything lower-case.
23995 `upper', `upper-case'
23996 matches anything upper-case.
23998 `punctuation', `punct'
23999 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24000 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24002 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24003 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24006 matches anything that has word syntax.
24009 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24012 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24013 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24014 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24016 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24017 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24020 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24021 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24022 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24023 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24024 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24026 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24027 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24028 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24029 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24030 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24032 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24033 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24035 `(category CATEGORY)'
24036 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24037 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24039 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24040 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24041 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24042 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24046 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24047 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24048 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24049 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24050 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24051 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24052 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
24053 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24054 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24055 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24056 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24057 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24058 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24059 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24068 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24072 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24074 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24079 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24080 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24082 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24083 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24084 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24085 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24086 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24088 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24089 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24090 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24091 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24093 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24094 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24095 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24098 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24099 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24100 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24101 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24102 regular expression.
24104 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24105 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24106 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24107 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24108 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24110 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24111 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24113 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24114 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24116 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24118 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24121 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24122 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24125 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24126 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24128 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24130 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24133 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24136 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24138 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24139 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24141 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24144 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24147 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24151 matches N occurrences.
24154 matches N or more occurrences.
24156 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24157 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24158 matches N to M occurrences.
24161 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24164 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24168 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24170 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22388 6378
24175 ;;;;;; 9203 533000))
24176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24177 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22388 5708 411618
24183 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24184 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24186 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24187 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24188 See the `savehist-mode' command
24189 for a description of this minor mode.
24190 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24191 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24192 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24194 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24196 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24197 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24198 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24199 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24200 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24202 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24203 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24204 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24205 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24207 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24208 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24209 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22388 5708 453618
24217 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24219 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24220 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24221 See the `save-place-mode' command
24222 for a description of this minor mode.
24223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24224 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24225 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24227 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24229 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24230 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24231 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24232 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24236 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
24237 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
24238 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
24239 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
24240 even in a later Emacs session.
24242 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
24243 the argument is positive.
24245 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
24248 \(save-place-mode 1)
24250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22388 6387
24255 ;;;;;; 746299 291000))
24256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24258 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24259 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24260 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24262 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24263 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24264 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24265 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24266 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24267 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24268 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24269 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24272 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24273 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24274 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24278 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24279 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24280 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24283 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24284 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24285 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24286 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24287 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24288 that variable's value is a string.
24294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22388 6374
24295 ;;;;;; 162165 700000))
24296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24298 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24299 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24300 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24302 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22388 5708 454618
24310 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24312 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24313 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24314 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
24315 for a description of this minor mode.
24316 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24317 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24318 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24320 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24322 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24323 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24324 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24325 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24326 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24328 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24329 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22388 5708
24336 ;;;;;; 509619 488000))
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24339 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24340 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24341 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24342 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24343 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24344 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24345 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24346 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22388 6378 21203
24354 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24355 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24356 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22388 6368
24361 ;;;;;; 485109 870000))
24362 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24363 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24365 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24366 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24367 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24369 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24370 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24371 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24372 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24373 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24374 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24375 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24376 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24377 keybinding for tag names.
24378 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24379 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24380 of the symbol under point.
24381 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24382 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24383 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24384 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24385 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24387 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24389 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24391 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24392 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24393 See the `semantic-mode' command
24394 for a description of this minor mode.
24395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24396 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24397 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24399 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24401 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24402 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24403 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24404 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24405 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24407 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24408 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24409 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24410 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24413 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24420 ;;;;;; (22388 11492 220498 203000))
24421 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24423 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24424 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24431 ;;;;;; (22388 11492 494500 898000))
24432 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24434 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24435 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22388 6375 932183
24443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24445 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24446 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24448 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24450 If `parens', they look like:
24451 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24452 If `angles', they look like:
24453 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24455 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24456 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24458 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24460 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24461 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24462 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24463 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24465 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24466 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24467 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24468 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24470 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24472 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24473 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24474 This is done when the message is initialized,
24475 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24477 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24479 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24480 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24481 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24483 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24485 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24486 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24487 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24488 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24489 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24490 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24491 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24493 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24495 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24496 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24498 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24500 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24501 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24502 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24505 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24507 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24508 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24509 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24510 when you first send mail.")
24512 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24514 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24515 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24516 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24517 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24518 This file need not actually exist.")
24520 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24522 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24523 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24525 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24527 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24528 Alist of mail address aliases,
24529 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24530 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24531 can specify a different file name.)
24532 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24533 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24535 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24536 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24537 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24539 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24541 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24542 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24543 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24545 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24547 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24548 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24549 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24550 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24551 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24552 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24553 in the cited portion of the message.
24555 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24556 instead of no action.")
24558 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24560 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24561 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24562 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24563 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24564 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24566 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24568 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24569 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24570 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24571 If a string, that string is inserted.
24572 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24573 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24574 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24575 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24577 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24579 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24580 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24582 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24584 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24585 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24586 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24588 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24589 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24591 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24593 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24594 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24595 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24596 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24598 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24600 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24601 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24602 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24606 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24608 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24611 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24613 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24614 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24615 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24617 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24618 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24620 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24621 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24622 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24623 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24624 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24625 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24626 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24627 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24628 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24629 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24630 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24631 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24632 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24633 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24637 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24638 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24639 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24640 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24642 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24644 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24645 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24646 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24647 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24648 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24649 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24651 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24652 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24653 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24655 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24656 User should not set this variable manually,
24657 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24658 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24659 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24661 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24662 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24663 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24664 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24666 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24667 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24670 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24672 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24673 to move to message header fields:
24676 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24677 when the message is initialized.
24679 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24680 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24682 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24685 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24686 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24688 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24689 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24690 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24691 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24692 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24693 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24694 buffer without erasing the contents.
24696 The second through fifth arguments,
24697 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24698 the initial contents of those header fields.
24699 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24700 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24701 original message being replied to, or else an action
24702 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24703 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24704 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24705 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24706 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24707 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24709 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24711 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24712 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24714 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24716 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24717 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24719 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22489 43024 126096
24725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24726 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22388 5708 590620 286000))
24731 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24733 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24735 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24737 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24739 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24740 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24741 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24742 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24743 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24744 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24746 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24747 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24749 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24750 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24751 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24753 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24756 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24758 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24759 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24760 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24761 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24763 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24765 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24766 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24767 See the `server-mode' command
24768 for a description of this minor mode.
24769 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24770 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24771 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24773 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24775 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24776 Toggle Server mode.
24777 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24778 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24779 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24781 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24782 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24783 `server-start' for details.
24785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24787 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24788 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24789 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24791 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24792 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24794 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22457 44247 406108 197000))
24799 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24801 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24802 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24804 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24805 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24806 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24807 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24808 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24810 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24811 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24812 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24813 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24814 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24815 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24817 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24820 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24821 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24822 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24824 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24825 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24827 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24828 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24831 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24833 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24834 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24836 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22388
24843 ;;;;;; 6390 132322 756000))
24844 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24846 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24847 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24849 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24852 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24853 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24854 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24856 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24859 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24861 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24862 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24867 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24868 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24869 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24870 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24871 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24872 which this is based.
24874 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24876 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24877 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24878 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24879 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24881 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24882 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24883 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24885 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24886 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24887 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24888 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24890 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24891 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24892 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24893 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24895 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24897 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24898 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24899 To work around that, do:
24900 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22420
24909 ;;;;;; 38537 290424 639000))
24910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24911 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24912 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24914 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24915 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24916 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24917 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24918 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24919 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24921 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24922 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24923 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24924 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24925 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24927 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24928 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24929 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24931 \\[sh-case] case statement
24932 \\[sh-for] for loop
24933 \\[sh-function] function definition
24934 \\[sh-if] if statement
24935 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24936 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24937 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24938 \\[sh-select] select loop
24939 \\[sh-until] until loop
24940 \\[sh-while] while loop
24942 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24943 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24944 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24945 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24946 would indent to the way it currently is.
24947 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24948 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24951 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24952 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24953 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24954 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24955 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24957 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24958 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24959 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24961 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24962 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24963 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24965 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24966 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24970 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22388 6369
24975 ;;;;;; 668121 504000))
24976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24978 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24979 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24981 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24982 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24983 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24985 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24986 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24987 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24988 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24991 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24993 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24995 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24996 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24997 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24999 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25000 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25002 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25003 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25004 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25005 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25006 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25007 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
25008 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25011 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25012 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25013 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25014 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25015 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25017 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25018 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25020 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22388 5708 840622
25026 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25028 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25029 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25030 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25031 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25032 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25033 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25034 sites in the cluster.
25038 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25039 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25040 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25041 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25042 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25046 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25047 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25048 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25049 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25050 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25051 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25052 `shadow-define-cluster').
25056 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25057 Set up file shadowing.
25063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22388 5708 884623 178000))
25064 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25066 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25067 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25068 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25069 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25070 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25073 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25075 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25076 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25077 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25078 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25079 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25081 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25082 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25083 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25084 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25085 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25086 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25087 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25088 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25089 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25090 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25091 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25093 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25094 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25095 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25096 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25097 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25098 `default-process-coding-system'.
25100 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25101 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25102 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25103 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25105 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25107 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22388 6378 63204 64000))
25112 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
25114 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25115 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25117 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25119 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25120 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25121 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25122 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25124 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22388 6374 179165
25130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25132 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25135 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25137 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25140 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25142 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25145 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25147 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25150 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22388 6374
25155 ;;;;;; 173165 808000))
25156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25158 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25159 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25160 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25161 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25162 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25164 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22388 6387
25171 ;;;;;; 879300 598000))
25172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25174 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25175 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25176 \\{simula-mode-map}
25177 Variables controlling indentation style:
25178 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25179 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25180 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25181 `simula-indent-level'
25182 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25183 `simula-substatement-offset'
25184 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25185 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25186 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25187 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25188 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25189 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25190 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25191 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25192 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25193 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25194 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25195 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25196 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25197 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25198 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25199 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25200 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25201 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25202 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25203 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25204 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25205 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25206 or nil if they should not be changed.
25207 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25208 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25209 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25210 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25212 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25213 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22388 5709 330627
25221 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25223 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25224 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25226 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25227 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25228 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25229 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25231 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25233 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25235 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25237 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25238 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25239 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25240 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25241 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25243 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25244 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25246 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25248 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25249 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25251 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25252 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25253 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25254 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25256 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25257 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25258 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25259 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25261 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25262 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25263 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25265 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25266 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25268 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25269 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25271 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25272 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25274 _ interesting point, interregion here
25275 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25276 interesting point set by _
25277 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25278 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25279 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25280 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25281 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25282 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25285 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25286 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25288 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25289 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25290 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25291 as the first element when at bol.
25293 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25294 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25295 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25296 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25297 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25298 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25299 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25300 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25302 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25303 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25304 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25305 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25306 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25309 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25310 then: insert previously read string once more
25311 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25312 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25313 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25315 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25316 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25318 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25320 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25321 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25323 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25324 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25325 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25326 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25327 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25330 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25331 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25332 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25333 twice for the others.
25339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22388 6391
25340 ;;;;;; 279334 35000))
25341 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25343 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25344 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25345 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25348 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25350 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25351 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25352 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25353 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25354 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25355 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25359 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25360 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25361 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22388 6374 180165
25369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25371 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25372 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25373 A list of images is returned.
25375 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25377 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25378 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25379 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25381 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22388 6375 961183
25387 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25389 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25394 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25395 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22388 6383 455257
25403 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25405 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25406 Play the Snake game.
25407 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25409 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25411 Snake mode keybindings:
25413 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25414 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25415 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25416 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25417 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25418 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25419 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22388 6378
25426 ;;;;;; 107204 497000))
25427 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25429 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25430 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25431 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25432 Tab indents for C code.
25433 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25434 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25436 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25441 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25442 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25443 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25444 Tab indents for C code.
25445 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25446 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25448 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25449 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22388 6378
25456 ;;;;;; 185205 264000))
25457 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25458 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22388 6368 219107
25464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25466 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25467 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25468 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25469 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25470 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25472 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22388 6383
25479 ;;;;;; 455257 91000))
25480 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25482 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25485 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25486 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25487 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25488 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25489 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25490 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25491 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25492 check after each move or undo.)
25496 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25497 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25498 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25517 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25518 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25519 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25520 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25522 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25523 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25524 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25527 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25528 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25530 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25546 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25548 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22388 5709 370627 956000))
25555 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25556 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25558 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25559 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25561 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25562 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25563 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25564 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25567 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25568 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25569 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25572 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25573 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25575 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25576 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25577 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25578 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25581 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25582 It should move point to the end of the record.
25584 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25585 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25586 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25587 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25588 starts at the beginning of the record.
25590 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25591 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25594 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25595 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25596 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25597 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25598 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25599 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25600 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25602 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25604 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25605 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25606 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25607 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25608 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25611 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25613 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25614 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25615 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25616 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25617 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25620 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25622 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25623 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25624 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25625 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25626 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25629 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25630 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25632 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25633 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25634 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25635 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25636 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25637 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25638 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25639 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25640 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25642 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25644 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25645 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25646 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25647 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25648 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25649 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25650 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25653 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25655 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25656 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25657 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25658 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25660 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25661 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25663 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25664 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25665 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25666 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25667 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25668 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25669 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25670 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25672 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25674 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25677 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25678 starting with the letter \"f\",
25679 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25681 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25683 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25684 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25685 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25686 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25687 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25688 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25689 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25692 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25693 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25694 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25695 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25696 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25698 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25700 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25701 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25702 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25704 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25706 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25707 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25708 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25709 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25710 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25711 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25712 each repeated line.
25714 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25715 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25716 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25717 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25719 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25720 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25722 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25723 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25725 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22388 6374 263166 693000))
25730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25732 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25733 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25734 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25735 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25736 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25737 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25739 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22388
25744 ;;;;;; 6374 182165 897000))
25745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25747 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25748 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25750 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25751 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25752 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25754 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25756 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25757 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25758 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25761 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25763 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25764 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25765 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25767 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25769 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25770 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25771 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25772 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25777 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25778 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25779 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25780 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22388 5709 449628
25788 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25790 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25792 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25793 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25794 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25795 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25796 supported at a time.
25797 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25798 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25802 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25803 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25804 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25805 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22388 6383 458257
25813 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25815 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25816 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25820 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25821 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22388 6387 963301
25829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25830 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25832 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25833 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25835 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25836 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25837 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25838 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25839 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25840 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25841 of the current highlighting list.
25845 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25846 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25848 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25849 `_t' as data types.
25851 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25853 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25854 Major mode to edit SQL.
25856 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25857 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25858 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25861 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25863 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25864 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25865 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25866 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25867 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25868 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25870 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25871 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25873 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25874 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25875 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25877 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25879 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25883 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25884 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25886 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25889 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25890 is specified in the connection settings.
25892 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25894 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25895 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25897 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25898 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25900 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25901 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25902 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25903 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25905 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25907 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25909 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25910 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25912 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25913 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25916 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25917 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25918 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25919 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25921 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25922 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25924 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25925 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25926 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25929 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25930 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25931 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25932 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25933 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25934 `default-process-coding-system'.
25936 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25938 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25940 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25941 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25943 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25944 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25947 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25948 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25949 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25950 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25952 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25953 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25955 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25956 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25957 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25960 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25961 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25962 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25963 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25964 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25965 `default-process-coding-system'.
25967 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25969 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25971 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25972 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25974 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25975 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25978 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25979 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25981 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25982 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25984 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25985 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25986 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25989 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25990 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25991 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25992 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25993 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25994 `default-process-coding-system'.
25996 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25998 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26000 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26001 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26003 SQLite is free software.
26005 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26006 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26009 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26010 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26011 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26012 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26014 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26015 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26017 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26018 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26019 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26022 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26023 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26024 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26025 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26026 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26027 `default-process-coding-system'.
26029 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26031 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26033 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26034 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26036 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26038 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26039 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26042 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26043 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26044 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26045 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26047 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26048 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26050 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26051 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26052 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26055 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26056 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26057 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26058 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26059 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26060 `default-process-coding-system'.
26062 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26064 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26066 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26067 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26069 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26070 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26073 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26074 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26077 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26078 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26080 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26081 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26082 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26085 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26086 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26087 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26088 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26089 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26090 `default-process-coding-system'.
26092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26094 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26096 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26097 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26099 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26100 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26103 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26104 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26106 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26107 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26109 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26110 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26111 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26114 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26115 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26116 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26117 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26118 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26119 `default-process-coding-system'.
26121 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26123 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26125 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26126 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26128 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26129 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26132 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26133 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26134 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26135 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26137 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26138 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26140 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26141 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26142 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26145 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26146 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26147 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26148 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26149 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26150 `default-process-coding-system'.
26152 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26154 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26156 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26157 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26159 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26160 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26163 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26164 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26165 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26166 `sql-postgres-options'.
26168 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26169 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26171 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26172 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26173 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26176 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26177 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26178 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26179 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26180 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26181 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26182 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26183 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26185 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26186 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26188 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26190 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26192 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26193 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26195 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26196 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26199 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26200 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26203 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26204 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26206 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26207 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26208 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26211 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26212 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26213 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26214 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26215 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26216 `default-process-coding-system'.
26218 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26220 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26222 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26223 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26225 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26226 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26229 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26232 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26233 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26235 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26236 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26237 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26238 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26240 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26241 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26242 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26245 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26246 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26247 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26248 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26249 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26250 `default-process-coding-system'.
26252 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26254 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26256 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26257 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26259 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26260 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26263 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26264 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26265 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26266 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26269 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26270 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26271 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26272 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26275 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26276 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26278 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26279 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26280 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26283 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26285 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26287 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26288 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26290 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22388 6368 506110
26296 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26297 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26302 ;;;;;; (22388 7503 616273 65000))
26303 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26305 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26306 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26310 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22388 6374 269166
26316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26318 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26319 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26320 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26321 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26322 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26323 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26324 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26325 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26326 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26327 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26329 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26330 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26331 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26332 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26334 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22388 5709 633630 542000))
26339 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26341 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26342 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26343 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26344 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26345 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26346 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26348 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26350 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26352 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26353 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26354 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26355 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26356 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26357 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26358 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26360 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26362 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26363 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26364 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26365 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26366 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26367 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26368 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26370 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26372 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26373 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26374 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26376 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26378 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26379 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26380 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26382 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26384 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26385 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26387 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26389 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26390 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26394 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26395 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26399 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26400 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26401 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26403 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26405 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26407 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26408 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26409 See the `strokes-mode' command
26410 for a description of this minor mode.
26411 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26412 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26413 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26415 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26417 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26418 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26419 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26420 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26421 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26423 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26424 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26425 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26426 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26427 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26429 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26430 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26431 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26432 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26434 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26438 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26439 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26440 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26441 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26443 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26445 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26446 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22388 6383 458257
26454 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26456 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26457 Studlify-case the region.
26459 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26461 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26462 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26464 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26466 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26467 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22388 6388
26474 ;;;;;; 3301 818000))
26475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26477 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26479 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26480 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26481 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26482 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26483 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26485 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26486 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26487 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26488 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26490 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26491 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26492 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26494 Nomenclature Subwords
26495 ===========================================================
26496 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26497 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26498 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26500 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26501 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26503 \\{subword-mode-map}
26505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26507 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26508 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26509 See the `global-subword-mode' command
26510 for a description of this minor mode.
26511 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26512 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26513 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26515 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26517 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26518 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26519 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26520 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26521 ARG is omitted or nil.
26523 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26524 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26525 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26529 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26530 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26531 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26532 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26533 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26535 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26536 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26537 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26538 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26540 \\{superword-mode-map}
26542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26544 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26545 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26546 See the `global-superword-mode' command
26547 for a description of this minor mode.
26548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26550 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26552 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26554 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26555 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26556 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26557 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26558 ARG is omitted or nil.
26560 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26561 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26562 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22388 6376
26569 ;;;;;; 4183 815000))
26570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26572 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26573 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26574 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26575 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26576 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26577 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26578 original message but it does require a few things:
26580 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26582 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26585 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26586 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26589 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26591 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26593 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26594 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26595 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22388 5709 919633 355000))
26602 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26604 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26606 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26607 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26608 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
26609 for a description of this minor mode.
26610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26612 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26614 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26616 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26617 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26619 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26620 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26622 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26623 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26624 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26626 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26627 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26628 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22388 5709 919633 355000))
26635 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26637 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26638 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26639 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26642 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26643 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26644 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26646 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26648 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26649 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26650 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26651 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26652 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26655 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26656 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26657 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26659 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22388 6390 235323
26665 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26667 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26668 Insert an editable text table.
26669 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26670 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26671 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26672 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26673 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26674 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26679 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26681 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26686 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26687 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26688 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26689 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26692 +-----+-----+-----+
26694 +-----+-----+-----+
26696 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26698 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26699 width, which results as
26701 +--------------+-----+-----+
26703 +--------------+-----+-----+
26705 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26706 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26708 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26712 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26713 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26714 width information to `table-insert'.
26716 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26722 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26725 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26726 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26728 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26731 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26733 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26735 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26738 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26741 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26743 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26745 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26748 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26751 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26754 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26755 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26756 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26758 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26761 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26764 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26767 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26769 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26772 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26775 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26776 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26777 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26778 | | |expected results.-!- |
26779 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26782 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26784 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26788 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26790 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26791 Insert N table row(s).
26792 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26793 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26794 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26795 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26799 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26800 Insert N table column(s).
26801 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26802 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26803 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26804 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26808 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26809 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26810 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26812 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26814 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26815 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26816 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26817 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26818 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26819 all the table specific features.
26821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26823 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26828 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26829 Recognize all tables within region.
26830 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26831 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26832 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26835 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26837 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26840 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26842 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26843 Recognize a table at point.
26844 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26845 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26846 the table specific features.
26848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26850 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26855 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26856 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26857 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26858 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26859 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26860 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26861 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26863 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26865 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26870 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26871 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26872 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26873 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26874 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26875 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26878 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26880 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26881 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26882 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26883 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26884 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26885 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26886 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26891 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26892 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26893 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26894 table's rectangle structure.
26896 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26898 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26899 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26900 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26901 table's rectangle structure.
26905 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26906 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26907 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26908 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26909 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26911 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26913 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26914 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26915 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26917 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26918 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26919 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26920 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26921 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26922 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26923 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26925 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26926 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26927 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26928 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26929 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26930 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26931 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26933 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26934 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26935 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26936 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26937 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26938 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26939 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26940 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26942 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26944 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26945 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26946 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26947 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26951 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26952 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26953 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26955 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26957 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26958 Split current cell vertically.
26959 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26963 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26964 Split current cell horizontally.
26965 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26969 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26970 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26971 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26973 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26975 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26976 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26977 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26978 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26980 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26982 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26983 Justify cell contents.
26984 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26985 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26986 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26987 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26989 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26991 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26992 Justify cells of a row.
26993 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26994 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26996 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26998 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26999 Justify cells of a column.
27000 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
27001 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
27003 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27005 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27006 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
27007 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
27008 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
27009 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
27010 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
27011 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
27012 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
27015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27017 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27018 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27019 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27020 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27021 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27022 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27023 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27024 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27025 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27026 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27027 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27029 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27031 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27032 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27033 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27034 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
27035 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27036 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27037 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27038 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27039 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27040 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27041 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27042 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27045 References used for this implementation:
27048 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27051 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27053 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27054 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27055 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27057 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27059 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27060 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27061 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27062 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27063 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27064 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27065 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27066 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27067 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27068 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27069 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27070 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27071 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27072 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27073 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27074 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
27075 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27080 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27081 (table-forward-cell 15)
27082 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27083 (table-forward-cell 16)
27084 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27085 (table-forward-cell 1)
27086 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
27089 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27090 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
27091 (table-forward-cell 1)
27092 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
27094 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27096 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27097 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27098 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27099 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27100 consists from cells of same height.
27104 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27105 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27106 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27107 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27108 column must consists from cells of same width.
27112 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27113 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27114 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27115 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27116 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27117 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27118 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27119 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27120 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27121 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27122 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27123 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27124 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27125 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27126 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27135 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27136 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27137 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27140 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27142 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27144 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27146 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27150 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27151 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27152 of each row is optional.
27157 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27158 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27159 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27160 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27161 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27163 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27164 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27166 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27167 expression and raw delimiter regular
27168 expression, it parses the specified text
27169 area and extracts cell items from
27170 non-table text and then forms a table out
27173 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27174 creates a single cell table. The text in
27175 the specified region is placed in that
27178 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27181 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27182 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27183 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27185 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27186 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27187 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27188 | area and extracts cell items from |
27189 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27192 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27193 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27194 | the specified region is placed in that |
27196 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27198 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27199 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27202 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27203 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27204 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27205 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27206 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27207 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27208 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27209 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27210 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27212 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27213 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27214 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27215 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27217 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27219 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27220 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27221 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27223 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27225 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27226 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27227 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27228 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27229 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22388 5709 921633 374000))
27236 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27238 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27239 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27241 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27243 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27244 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22388 5709 957633
27252 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27254 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27255 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27256 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27257 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27258 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27259 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27260 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27262 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27263 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27264 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27265 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27267 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22388 6388 41302
27276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27278 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27279 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27280 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27281 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27282 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27283 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27285 Variables controlling indentation style:
27287 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27288 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27289 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27291 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27292 documentation for details):
27293 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27294 Controls action of TAB key.
27296 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27297 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27298 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27299 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27300 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27302 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27303 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27308 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27309 Run inferior Tcl process.
27310 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27311 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27315 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27316 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27317 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27319 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22388 6378 270206
27325 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27327 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27328 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27329 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27330 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27332 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27333 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27334 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27335 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27336 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27338 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27340 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27341 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27342 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27343 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22420 38537 296424 698000))
27350 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27352 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27353 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27354 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27355 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27356 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27357 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27359 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27361 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27362 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27363 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27364 commands to use in that buffer.
27366 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27368 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27370 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27371 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27373 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27375 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27376 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27377 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27378 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27379 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27380 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27381 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27382 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27383 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27384 use in that buffer.
27385 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27387 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22388
27392 ;;;;;; 6369 795122 753000))
27393 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27395 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27396 Start coverage on function under point.
27402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22388 6383 460257
27404 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27405 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27407 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27408 Play the Tetris game.
27409 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27410 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27411 as to form complete rows.
27413 tetris-mode keybindings:
27414 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27415 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27416 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27417 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27418 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27419 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27420 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27421 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27422 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22388 6390
27429 ;;;;;; 352324 919000))
27430 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27432 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27433 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27435 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27437 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27438 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27439 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27440 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27441 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27443 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27445 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27446 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27447 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27448 if it matches the first line of the file,
27449 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27451 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27453 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27454 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27455 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27456 if the variable is non-nil.")
27458 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27460 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27461 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27463 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27465 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27466 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27467 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27468 See the documentation of that variable.")
27470 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27472 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27473 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27474 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27475 See the documentation of that variable.")
27477 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27479 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27480 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27481 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27482 See the documentation of that variable.")
27484 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27486 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27487 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27488 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27489 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27490 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27492 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27494 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27495 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27496 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27497 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27499 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27501 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27502 User defined LaTeX block names.
27503 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27505 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27507 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27508 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27509 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27510 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27512 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27514 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27515 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27516 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27517 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27519 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27521 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27522 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27523 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27524 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27526 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27527 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27530 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27531 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27533 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27536 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27538 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27539 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27540 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27541 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27542 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27544 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27546 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27548 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27549 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27550 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27552 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27554 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27555 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27556 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27557 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27558 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27560 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27562 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27563 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27565 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27567 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27568 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27570 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27572 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27573 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27574 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27575 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27576 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27577 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27578 says which mode to use.
27582 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27584 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27586 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27588 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27589 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27590 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27591 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27592 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27594 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27595 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27596 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27597 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27598 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27599 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27600 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27602 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27603 mismatched $'s or braces.
27606 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27610 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27612 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27613 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27614 tex-dvi-print-command
27615 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27616 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27617 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27618 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27619 tex-dvi-view-command
27620 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27621 tex-show-queue-command
27622 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27623 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27625 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27626 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27627 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27631 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27632 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27633 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27634 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27635 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27637 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27638 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27639 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27640 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27641 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27642 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27643 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27645 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27646 mismatched $'s or braces.
27653 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27655 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27656 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27657 tex-dvi-print-command
27658 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27659 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27660 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27661 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27662 tex-dvi-view-command
27663 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27664 tex-show-queue-command
27665 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27666 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27668 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27669 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27670 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27674 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27675 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27676 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27677 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27678 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27680 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27681 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27682 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27683 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27684 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27685 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27686 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27688 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27689 mismatched $'s or braces.
27692 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27696 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27698 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27699 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27700 tex-dvi-print-command
27701 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27702 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27703 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27704 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27705 tex-dvi-view-command
27706 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27707 tex-show-queue-command
27708 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27709 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27711 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27712 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27713 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27714 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27718 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27723 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27724 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22388 6390
27731 ;;;;;; 408325 469000))
27732 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27734 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27735 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27736 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27737 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27739 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27740 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27741 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27743 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27745 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27746 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27747 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27748 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27749 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27751 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27753 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27754 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27755 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27756 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27758 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27759 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27760 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27761 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27763 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27764 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27766 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22388 6390
27771 ;;;;;; 440325 784000))
27772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27774 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27775 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27777 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27779 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27780 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27782 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27784 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27785 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27787 It has these extra commands:
27788 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27790 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27791 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27792 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27793 modified version of TeX input format.
27795 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27796 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27797 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27798 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27800 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27801 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27802 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27803 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27804 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27805 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27806 in the Texinfo file.
27808 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27809 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27810 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27811 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27812 move forward past the closing brace.
27814 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27815 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27817 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27818 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27819 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27821 Here are the functions:
27823 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27824 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27825 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27827 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27828 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27829 texinfo-master-menu
27831 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27833 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27834 which menu descriptions are indented.
27836 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27837 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27840 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27841 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27842 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27843 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27845 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27846 be the first node in the file.
27848 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27849 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22388
27856 ;;;;;; 6375 384177 718000))
27857 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27859 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27860 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27861 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27862 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27864 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27866 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27867 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27869 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27871 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27872 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27876 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27879 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22388 5710 166635
27885 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27887 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27888 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27889 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27890 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27891 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27892 `line', and `page'.
27894 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27896 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27897 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27898 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27899 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27900 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27901 `line', and `page'.
27903 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27906 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27907 positions of the thing found.
27909 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27911 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27912 Return the THING at point.
27913 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27914 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27915 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27916 `line', `number', and `page'.
27918 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27919 strip text properties from the return value.
27921 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27922 a symbol as a valid THING.
27924 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27926 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27927 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27931 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27932 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27936 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27937 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27941 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27942 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22388 5710 168635 803000))
27949 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27951 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27952 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27956 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27957 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27958 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27959 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27961 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27963 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27964 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27968 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27969 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27973 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27975 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27976 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22388 6369 797122
27984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27985 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22388
27990 ;;;;;; 6375 464178 504000))
27991 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27993 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27994 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27995 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27999 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28000 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28002 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28004 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28005 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28006 The returned string has no composition information.
28008 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28010 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28011 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28013 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28015 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28016 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28018 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28020 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28021 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28022 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28023 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28025 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28027 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28028 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28029 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28030 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28032 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28034 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28035 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28036 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28040 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28041 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28042 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28046 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28049 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28051 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28054 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28056 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28059 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22388 6390
28064 ;;;;;; 524326 610000))
28065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28066 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28068 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28069 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28070 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28071 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28073 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28074 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28075 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28077 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28079 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28080 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28081 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28082 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28084 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28085 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28086 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28088 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28090 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
28091 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
28094 * character before point is a space character,
28095 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
28097 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
28098 characters) from before the space character, and
28099 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
28100 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
28104 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
28105 * character before point is a space character, and
28106 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
28107 `tildify-space-string' variable,
28108 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
28110 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
28114 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
28115 Adds electric behavior to space character.
28117 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
28118 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
28119 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
28120 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28122 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28123 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28124 variable will be set to the representation.
28126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22388 5710 254636 649000))
28131 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28133 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28134 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28136 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28137 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28139 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28140 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28141 This display updates automatically every minute.
28142 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28143 are displayed as well.
28144 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28148 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28149 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28150 See the `display-time-mode' command
28151 for a description of this minor mode.
28152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28154 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28156 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28158 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28159 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28160 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28161 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28162 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28164 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28165 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28166 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28167 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28168 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28172 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28173 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28174 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28175 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28179 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28180 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28181 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28182 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28184 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28186 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28187 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22388
28194 ;;;;;; 6368 233107 392000))
28195 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28197 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28198 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28199 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28201 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28202 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28203 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28204 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28205 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28206 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28208 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28209 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28211 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28213 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28214 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28216 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28218 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28219 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28220 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28222 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28224 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28225 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28226 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28227 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28229 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28230 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28231 DATE should be a date-time string.
28233 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28235 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28236 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28237 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28239 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28241 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28242 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28244 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28246 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28247 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28249 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28251 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28252 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28253 TIME should be a time value.
28254 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28256 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28258 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28259 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28260 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28262 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28264 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28265 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28266 The valid format specifiers are:
28267 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28268 %d is the number of days.
28269 %h is the number of hours.
28270 %m is the number of minutes.
28271 %s is the number of seconds.
28272 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28273 %% is a literal \"%\".
28275 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28276 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28278 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28279 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28280 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28282 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28283 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28284 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28286 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28288 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28290 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28291 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28293 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22388 5710 209636
28299 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28300 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28301 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28302 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28303 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28304 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28305 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28306 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28307 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28309 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28310 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28311 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28312 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28313 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28314 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28315 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28316 look like one of the following:
28319 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28320 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28321 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28322 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28323 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28324 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28325 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28330 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28331 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28332 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22388
28339 ;;;;;; 6368 236107 422000))
28340 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28341 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28343 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28344 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28345 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
28346 for a description of this minor mode.
28347 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28348 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28349 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28351 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28353 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28354 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28355 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28356 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28357 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28358 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28359 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28360 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28361 display (non-nil means on).
28363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28365 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28366 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28367 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28368 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28369 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28370 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28371 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28372 this function is called within a day.
28374 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28375 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28376 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28377 discover the name of the project.
28379 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28381 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28382 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28383 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28384 begun during the last time segment.
28386 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28387 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28388 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28389 discover the reason.
28391 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28393 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28394 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28395 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28396 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28397 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28399 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28401 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28402 Change to working on a different project.
28403 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28404 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28405 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28408 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28410 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28411 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28412 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28416 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28417 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28418 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28422 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28423 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28424 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28425 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28426 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28427 \"relative to today\".
28429 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28431 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28432 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28433 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28434 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28436 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28438 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28439 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28440 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28441 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28442 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28443 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28445 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28450 ;;;;;; (22388 6374 736171 345000))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28453 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28454 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28455 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28456 the generated Quail package is saved.
28458 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28460 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28461 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28462 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28463 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28464 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28465 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28466 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28468 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22388 5710 257636 679000))
28473 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28474 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28475 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28477 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28478 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28479 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28480 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28481 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28483 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28484 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28485 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28487 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28489 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28490 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28491 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28492 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28493 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28495 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28497 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28498 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28499 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28500 in the menu in two ways:
28501 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28502 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28503 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28505 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28506 keymap or an alist of alists.
28507 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28508 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28510 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22420
28515 ;;;;;; 38537 264424 383000))
28516 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28518 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28519 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28521 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
28522 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
28523 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
28524 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
28525 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
28526 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28527 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28528 file was last visited.
28530 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28531 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28532 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28533 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28534 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28535 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28536 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28537 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28538 for the first item.
28540 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28541 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28542 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28543 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28544 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28545 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28546 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28547 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28549 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28550 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28551 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28552 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28553 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28555 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28557 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28558 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28564 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28565 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28567 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28571 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28572 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28574 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22388 5710 258636
28582 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28584 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28585 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28586 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28590 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28591 Add an item to the tool bar.
28592 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28593 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28594 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28595 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28597 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28598 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28599 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28600 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28602 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28603 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28605 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28607 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28608 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28609 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28610 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28611 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28612 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28614 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28615 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28616 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28617 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28619 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28621 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28622 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28623 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28624 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28625 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28626 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28627 properties to add to the binding.
28629 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28631 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28632 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28634 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28636 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28637 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28638 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28639 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28640 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28641 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28642 properties to add to the binding.
28644 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28647 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22388 6369 799122
28653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28655 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28656 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28657 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28658 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28659 to a tcp server on another machine.
28661 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22388 6369 800122
28667 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28669 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28670 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28672 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28674 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28675 Helper function to get internal values.
28676 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28678 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28680 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28681 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28682 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28683 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28685 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28686 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28687 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28688 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28689 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28691 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28692 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28693 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28694 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28696 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28698 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28700 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28701 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28702 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28703 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28705 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28707 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22420 38537 288424
28713 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28715 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28716 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28717 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28719 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28721 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28722 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28724 It can have the following values:
28726 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28727 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28729 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28731 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28732 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28733 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28734 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28736 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28738 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28739 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28740 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28741 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28743 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28744 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28745 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28746 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28747 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28748 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28749 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28750 files which are not really Tramp files.
28752 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28753 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28754 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28755 updated after changing this variable.
28757 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28759 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28760 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28761 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28762 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28764 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28766 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28767 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28768 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28769 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28771 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28772 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28773 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28775 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28776 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28777 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28778 updated after changing this variable.
28780 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28782 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28783 Alist of completion handler functions.
28784 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28785 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28786 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28788 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28789 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28790 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28791 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28793 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28794 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28795 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28797 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28798 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28800 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28801 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28803 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28805 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28810 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28811 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28813 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28815 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28816 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28818 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28820 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28821 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22388 6378
28828 ;;;;;; 476208 126000))
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28831 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22388 6379 102214
28840 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28841 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22388 5710 354637
28847 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28849 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28850 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28851 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28852 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28853 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28854 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28855 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28856 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28858 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28859 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28860 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28862 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28863 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28866 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22388 6375
28871 ;;;;;; 465178 514000))
28872 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28874 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28877 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22388
28882 ;;;;;; 6390 530326 669000))
28883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28884 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28885 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28886 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28888 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28889 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28890 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28891 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28892 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28893 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28894 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28896 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28898 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28899 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28900 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28901 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28903 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28907 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28908 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28909 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28910 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28911 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28912 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28913 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28915 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28916 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28918 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28921 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28923 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22388 5710 396638
28931 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28933 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28934 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28935 See the `type-break-mode' command
28936 for a description of this minor mode.
28937 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28938 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28939 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28941 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28943 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28944 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28945 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28947 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28948 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28949 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28950 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28951 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28952 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28953 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28955 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28956 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28958 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28959 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28960 reset the keystroke counter.
28962 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28963 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28964 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28965 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28967 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28968 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28969 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28970 `type-break-schedule' command.
28972 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28973 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28974 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28975 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28976 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28977 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28978 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28979 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28980 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28982 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28983 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28984 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28985 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28986 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28988 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28989 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28990 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28991 approximate good values for this.
28993 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28994 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28996 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28997 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28998 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28999 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29000 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29001 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29003 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29004 a typing break occur. They include:
29006 `type-break-query-mode'
29007 `type-break-query-function'
29008 `type-break-query-interval'
29010 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29012 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29013 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29014 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29019 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29020 Take a typing break.
29022 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29023 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29025 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29026 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29030 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29031 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29032 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29033 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29037 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29038 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29040 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29041 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29042 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29043 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29044 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29045 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29046 average typing speed.)
29048 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29049 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29050 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29051 the computed maximum threshold.
29053 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29054 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29055 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29056 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29057 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29059 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22388 6376 94184 700000))
29064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29066 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29067 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29068 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29069 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29070 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29072 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
29077 ;;;;;; (22388 6374 751171 492000))
29078 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29080 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29081 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29083 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29085 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29086 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29088 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29090 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29091 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29093 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29095 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29096 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29098 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29100 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29101 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29103 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29105 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29106 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29108 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29110 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29111 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29113 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29115 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29116 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29118 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29120 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29121 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29123 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29125 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29126 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29128 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29130 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29131 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29133 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29135 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29136 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29138 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22388
29143 ;;;;;; 6390 530326 669000))
29144 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29146 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29147 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29148 Works by overstriking underscores.
29149 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29150 which specify the range to operate on.
29152 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29154 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29155 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29156 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29157 which specify the range to operate on.
29159 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22388 6376 95184
29165 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29167 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29168 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29169 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29170 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29171 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29172 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29176 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29177 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29178 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29180 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22388 6369
29185 ;;;;;; 802122 822000))
29186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29188 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29189 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29190 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29191 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29193 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22388 6390 706328 400000))
29198 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29200 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29201 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29202 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29203 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29204 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29206 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29207 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29208 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29209 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29210 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29211 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29213 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29214 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29215 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29217 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29218 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29219 the callback is not called).
29221 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29222 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29223 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29226 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29227 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29229 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29230 URL-encoded before it's used.
29232 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29234 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29235 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29236 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29237 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29238 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29239 If SILENT is non-nil, don't display progress reports and similar messages.
29240 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, cookies will neither be stored nor sent
29243 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22388 6390 576327
29249 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29251 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29252 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29253 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29255 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29256 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29257 `url-generic-parse-url'
29258 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29259 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29260 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29262 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29263 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29264 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29265 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29266 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29267 what type of auth to use
29268 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29269 if one cannot be found in the cache
29271 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29273 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29274 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29276 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29277 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29278 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29279 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29280 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29281 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29282 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29283 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29285 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22388 6390
29290 ;;;;;; 578327 141000))
29291 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29293 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29294 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29296 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29298 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29299 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29300 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29302 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29304 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29305 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29307 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22388 6390 578327
29313 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29315 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29318 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22388 6390 581327
29324 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29326 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29327 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29328 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29330 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29332 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29333 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29334 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29335 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29337 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29338 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29339 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29342 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29344 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29345 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29346 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29348 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29350 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29353 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22388 6390 611327
29359 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29361 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29362 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29364 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22388 6390 617327
29370 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29372 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29373 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29377 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29378 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29379 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29380 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29381 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29383 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29384 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29386 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22388
29391 ;;;;;; 6390 619327 544000))
29392 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29394 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29395 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29396 See the `url-handler-mode' command
29397 for a description of this minor mode.
29398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29399 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29400 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29402 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29404 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29405 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29406 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29407 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29408 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29412 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29413 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29414 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29415 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29417 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29419 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29420 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29421 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29422 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29423 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29424 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29425 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29426 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29427 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29428 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29430 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29432 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29433 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29434 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29437 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29439 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29440 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29441 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29442 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29444 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29446 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29449 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22489 43024 129096
29455 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29456 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29458 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29459 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29460 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29461 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29462 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22388 6390 660327
29468 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29470 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29473 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22388 6390 660327
29479 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29481 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29482 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29483 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29484 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29485 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29487 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22388 6390
29492 ;;;;;; 661327 958000))
29493 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29495 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29498 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29500 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29501 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29503 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22388 6390 663327
29509 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29511 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29512 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29514 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29516 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29517 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29519 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29521 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29524 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29526 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29528 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29530 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29532 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29533 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29535 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22388 6390 663327
29541 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29543 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29546 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29548 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29551 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22388 6390 665327
29557 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29559 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29562 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29564 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29567 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29569 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29572 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29574 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29577 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29579 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29582 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29584 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29587 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29589 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29592 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22388 6390
29597 ;;;;;; 681328 154000))
29598 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29600 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29601 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29603 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29605 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29606 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29607 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29609 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29610 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29611 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29612 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29613 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29614 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29615 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29616 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29617 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29618 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29619 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29620 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29621 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29622 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29624 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29625 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29626 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29628 Here is an example. The URL
29630 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29636 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29637 HOST = \"example.com\"
29639 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29644 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22388 6390
29649 ;;;;;; 683328 174000))
29650 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29652 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29653 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22388 6390
29660 ;;;;;; 702328 361000))
29661 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29663 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29664 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29665 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29666 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29667 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29668 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29670 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22388 6390
29675 ;;;;;; 703328 370000))
29676 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29678 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29679 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29680 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29682 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29684 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29685 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29686 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29687 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29689 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22388 6390 704328
29695 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29697 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29698 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29699 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29701 If t, all messages will be logged.
29702 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29703 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29705 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29707 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29710 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29712 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29715 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29717 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29718 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29719 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29720 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29721 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29727 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29729 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29730 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29731 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29733 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29735 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29736 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29737 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29739 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29741 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29742 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29744 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29746 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29747 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29751 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29752 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29756 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29759 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29761 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29764 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29766 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29768 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29769 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29771 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29773 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29774 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29776 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29778 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29781 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29783 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29784 Build a query-string.
29786 Given a QUERY in the form:
29793 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29795 This will return a string
29796 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29797 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29800 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29802 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29803 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29805 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29807 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29808 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29809 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29810 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29811 forbidden in URL encoding.
29813 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29815 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29816 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29817 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29818 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29819 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29820 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29822 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29823 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29824 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29825 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29827 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29829 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29830 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29831 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29832 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29833 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29834 should return it unchanged.
29836 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29838 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29839 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29840 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29841 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29843 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29845 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29846 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29847 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29849 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29851 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29852 View the current document's URL.
29853 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29856 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29858 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22388 5710 439638
29864 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29866 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29867 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29868 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29869 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29870 to refrain from editing the file
29871 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29872 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29873 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29874 in any way you like.
29876 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29878 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29879 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29880 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29881 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29882 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29884 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29885 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22388 6374
29892 ;;;;;; 952173 469000))
29893 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29895 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29898 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29900 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29903 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29905 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29908 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29910 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29913 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22388 6374 272166 782000))
29918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29920 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29921 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29923 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22388 6376 109184
29929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29931 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29932 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29933 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29934 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29936 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29938 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29939 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29940 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29942 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29944 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29945 Uudecode region between START and END.
29946 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29948 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22388 6391 900340 142000))
29953 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29955 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29956 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29959 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29961 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29962 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29963 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29965 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29967 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29968 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29971 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29973 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29974 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29976 If FILE is already registered, return the
29977 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29978 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29979 responsible for FILE is returned.
29981 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29983 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29984 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29985 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29986 same state. If not, signal an error.
29988 For merging-based version control systems:
29989 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29990 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29991 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29992 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29993 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29994 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29996 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29997 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29998 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29999 the file(s) for editing.
30000 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30001 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
30002 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30003 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30004 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30006 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30008 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30009 Register into a version control system.
30010 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30011 Otherwise register the current file.
30012 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30014 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30015 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30016 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30017 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30018 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30019 first backend that could register the file is used.
30021 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30023 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30024 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30026 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30028 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30029 Display diffs between file revisions.
30030 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30031 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30032 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30034 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30037 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30039 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30040 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30041 repository history using ediff.
30043 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30045 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30046 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30047 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30048 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30049 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30051 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30054 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30056 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30057 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30058 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30059 fileset with the working revision.
30060 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30061 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30063 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30066 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30068 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
30069 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
30070 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
30074 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30075 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30076 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30077 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30081 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30082 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30083 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30084 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30088 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30089 Perform a version control merge operation.
30090 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30091 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30092 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30093 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30095 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30096 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30097 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30098 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30099 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30100 changes from the current branch.
30104 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
30105 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
30107 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
30109 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30111 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30112 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30113 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30114 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30115 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30116 checked out in that new branch.
30118 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30120 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30121 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
30122 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
30123 named branch in the directory DIR.
30124 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30125 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30126 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30127 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30128 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30129 allowed and simply skipped).
30131 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30133 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30134 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30135 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30136 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30137 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30139 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30140 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30142 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30144 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30145 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30146 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30147 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30148 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30150 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30152 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30153 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30154 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30156 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30158 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30159 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30160 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30162 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30164 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30165 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30167 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30169 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30170 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30171 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30172 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30176 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30178 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30179 Update the current fileset or branch.
30180 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30181 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30182 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30183 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30186 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30187 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30188 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30189 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30190 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30194 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30196 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30197 Push the current branch.
30198 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30199 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30200 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30201 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30202 VCS command to run.
30204 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30205 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30209 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30210 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30211 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30212 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30213 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30214 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30215 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30217 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30219 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30220 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30221 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30222 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30223 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30224 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30225 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30226 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30227 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30229 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30231 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30232 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30233 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30234 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30238 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30239 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30240 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30241 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30243 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30245 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30246 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30247 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30250 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30252 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30253 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30254 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30256 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30257 log entries should be gathered.
30259 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30261 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30262 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30264 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22388 6391
30269 ;;;;;; 299334 232000))
30270 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30272 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30273 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30275 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30276 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30277 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30278 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30279 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30280 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30282 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30283 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30284 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30285 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30286 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30287 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30288 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30289 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30291 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30293 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30295 Customization variables:
30297 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30298 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30299 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30300 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30301 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30302 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30304 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22388 6391 331334
30310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30312 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30313 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30315 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30316 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30317 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30318 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30320 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30321 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22388 6391 418335
30327 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30328 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30329 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30330 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30331 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30332 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30333 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22388 6391 424335
30339 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30341 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30342 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30343 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30344 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30345 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30347 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30348 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30349 The file lines appear later.
30351 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30352 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30354 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30356 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30358 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22388
30363 ;;;;;; 6391 464335 854000))
30364 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30366 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30367 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30368 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30369 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30370 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30371 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30372 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30373 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30374 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30375 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30376 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30377 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30378 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30379 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30380 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30382 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22420 38537 297424
30388 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30389 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30390 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30391 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30393 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30394 (vc-git-registered file))))
30398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22388 6391 556336 759000))
30399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30400 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30401 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30402 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30404 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30405 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22388 6391 641337
30411 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30413 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30414 Name of the monotone directory.")
30416 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30417 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30418 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30419 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30421 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30422 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22388 6391 707338
30428 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30430 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30431 Where to look for RCS master files.
30432 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30434 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30436 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22388 6391 745338
30442 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30444 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30445 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30446 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30448 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30450 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30452 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30453 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30454 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30455 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22388 6391 798339
30461 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30463 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30464 Where to look for SRC master files.
30465 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30467 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30469 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22388 6391 799339
30475 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30476 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30477 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30478 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30481 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30482 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30483 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22388
30488 ;;;;;; 6388 56302 339000))
30489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30490 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30491 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30493 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30494 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30499 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30500 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30501 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30502 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30504 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30505 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30506 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30509 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30510 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30512 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30513 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30515 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30516 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30517 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30519 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30525 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30526 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30528 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30530 Official distribution is at
30531 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30534 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30535 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30547 ;;;;;; (22388 6388 217303 922000))
30548 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30550 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30551 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30552 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30553 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30554 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30556 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30558 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30559 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30561 Supports highlighting.
30563 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30564 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30566 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30568 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30569 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30570 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30571 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30572 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30573 on the left side of your screen.
30574 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30575 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30576 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30577 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30578 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30579 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30581 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30582 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30583 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30584 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30587 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30588 Indentation for case statements.
30589 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30590 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30592 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30593 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30594 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30595 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30596 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30597 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30598 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30599 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30600 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30602 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30606 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30607 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30608 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30609 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30610 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30611 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30612 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30613 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30614 comments in tight quarters.
30615 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30616 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30618 Variables controlling other actions:
30620 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30621 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30622 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30624 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30626 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30628 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30629 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30630 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30632 Some other functions are:
30634 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30635 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30636 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30637 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30638 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30640 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30641 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30642 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30643 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30645 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30646 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30647 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30648 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30649 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30650 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30651 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30652 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30653 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30654 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30655 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30656 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30657 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30658 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30659 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30660 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30661 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30662 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30663 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30664 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30665 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30666 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30667 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30668 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30669 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30670 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30671 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30672 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30673 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30674 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30675 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30677 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30678 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30680 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22388
30687 ;;;;;; 6388 508306 784000))
30688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30690 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30691 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30696 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30697 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30698 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30699 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30700 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30701 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30702 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30703 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30704 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30706 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30707 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30708 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30709 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30711 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30712 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30713 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30714 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30715 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30717 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30718 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30722 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30723 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30724 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30728 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30729 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30730 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30731 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30733 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30734 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30735 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30736 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30737 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30741 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30742 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30743 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30744 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30746 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30747 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30748 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30749 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30750 beginning with \"std\").
30752 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30753 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30754 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30759 `--' puts a single comment.
30760 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30761 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30762 with a comment in between.
30763 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30764 out following lines.
30765 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30766 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30767 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30768 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30770 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30771 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30772 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30773 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30774 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30777 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30778 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30779 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30780 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30781 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30782 multi-line comments.
30786 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30787 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30788 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30789 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30792 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30793 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30794 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30795 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30797 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30798 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30799 tabs and vice versa.
30801 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30802 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30804 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30805 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30810 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30811 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30812 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30813 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30814 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30815 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30816 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30817 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30819 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30820 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30821 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30822 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30823 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30826 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30827 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30828 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30830 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30831 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30835 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30836 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30837 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30838 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30839 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30840 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30843 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30844 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30845 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30846 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30849 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30853 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30854 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30855 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30856 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30857 internal signal initializations (menu).
30859 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30860 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30861 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30863 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30864 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30865 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30866 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30867 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30868 in subsequent paste operations.)
30870 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30871 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30872 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30875 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30876 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30877 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30878 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30879 association list with formals).
30882 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30883 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30884 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30885 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30886 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30887 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30888 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30889 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30894 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30898 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30902 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30903 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30904 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30906 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30907 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30910 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30911 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30912 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30913 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30915 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30916 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30917 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30919 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30920 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30921 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30922 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30924 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30925 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30926 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30927 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30928 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30930 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30931 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30932 required by secondary units.
30935 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30936 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30937 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30938 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30939 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30940 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30941 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30942 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30943 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30944 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30945 inputs to this component -> input port created
30946 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30947 outputs from this component -> output port created
30948 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30949 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30951 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30952 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30953 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30954 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30955 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30957 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30958 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30960 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30961 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30962 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30963 component instantiation is also supported (option
30964 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30966 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30967 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30968 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30969 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30970 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30971 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30972 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30973 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30974 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30975 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30976 generating the configuration.
30978 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30979 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30980 configurations in speedbar.
30982 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30985 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30986 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30987 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30988 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30989 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30990 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30991 information. New compilers can be added.
30993 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30994 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30997 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30998 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30999 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31000 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31001 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31003 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31006 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31007 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31008 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31010 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31011 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31012 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
31013 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
31014 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
31015 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
31016 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
31017 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
31018 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31021 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31022 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31023 not (yet) supported.
31024 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31025 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31026 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31030 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31031 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31032 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31033 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31034 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31035 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31036 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31037 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31039 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31040 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31041 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31042 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31043 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31044 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31045 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31046 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31047 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31048 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31049 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31053 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31054 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31055 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key [S-down-mouse-3] \\='imenu)\" to your start-up
31056 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31057 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
31058 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31059 current directory for VHDL source files.
31063 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31064 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31068 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31069 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31070 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31071 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31072 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31073 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31074 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31075 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31078 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31079 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31080 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31081 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31082 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31083 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31084 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31086 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31087 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31088 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31089 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31090 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31091 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31093 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31094 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31095 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
31096 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31097 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31100 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31101 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31102 highlighted if written in lower case.
31104 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31105 highlighted using a different background color if option
31106 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31108 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31109 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
31110 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31111 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31112 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31116 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31117 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31118 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31122 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31123 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31124 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31125 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31126 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31130 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31131 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31133 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31134 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31135 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31136 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31137 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31138 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31139 (used to obtain the port names).
31140 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31141 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31146 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31147 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31151 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31152 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31153 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31154 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31155 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31156 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31157 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31162 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31163 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31164 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31165 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31166 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31168 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31169 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31170 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31171 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31172 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31175 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31176 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31180 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31181 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31182 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31184 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31188 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31189 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31191 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31193 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31195 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31199 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31205 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31206 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31208 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31210 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31211 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31212 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31213 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31215 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31216 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31217 where the latest version can be found.
31223 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31224 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31225 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31226 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31229 The VHDL Mode Authors
31230 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22388
31242 ;;;;;; 6375 466178 524000))
31243 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31245 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31246 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31248 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31250 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31251 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31252 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31253 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31255 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31257 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31258 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31262 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31263 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31264 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31265 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31267 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31269 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31270 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31274 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31277 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31279 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31282 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22388 5710 520639 265000))
31287 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31289 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31290 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31291 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31293 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31295 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31296 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31297 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31298 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31300 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31302 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31303 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31305 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31307 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31308 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31309 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31310 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31311 moving around in the buffer.
31312 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31313 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31315 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31319 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31320 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31321 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31322 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31324 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31325 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31326 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31327 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31328 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31330 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31334 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31335 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31336 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31337 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31340 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31341 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31342 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31343 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31344 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31346 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31350 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31351 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31352 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31353 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31354 moving around in the buffer.
31355 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31356 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31358 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31360 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31361 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31362 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31364 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31365 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31366 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31367 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31369 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31370 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31371 own View-like bindings.
31373 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31375 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31376 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31377 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31378 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31379 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31380 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31381 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31383 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31385 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31387 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31388 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31389 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31391 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31392 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31393 own View-like bindings.
31395 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31397 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31398 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31399 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31400 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31401 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31402 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31403 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31405 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31407 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31409 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31410 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31411 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31413 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31414 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31415 own View-like bindings.
31417 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31419 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31420 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31421 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31422 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31423 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31425 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31426 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31427 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31428 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31432 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31433 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31434 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31435 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31436 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31437 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31438 to a repeat count of one.
31440 H, h, ? This message.
31441 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31442 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31443 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31444 > move to the end of buffer.
31445 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31446 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31447 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31448 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31449 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31450 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31451 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31452 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31453 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31454 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31455 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31456 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31457 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31458 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31459 Use this to view a changing file.
31460 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31461 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31462 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31464 x exchanges point and mark.
31465 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31466 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31467 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31468 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31469 \\=' go to position saved in character register.
31470 s do forward incremental search.
31471 r do reverse incremental search.
31472 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31473 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31474 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31475 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31476 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31477 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31478 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31479 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31480 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31481 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31482 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31483 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31484 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31485 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31486 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31487 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31488 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31490 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31491 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31492 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31493 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31494 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31495 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31496 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31497 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31498 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31500 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31504 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31505 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31506 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31507 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31508 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31509 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31510 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31511 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31512 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31514 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31516 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31518 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31519 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31520 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31521 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31522 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31523 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31525 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31526 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31527 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31529 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31531 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31533 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31535 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31536 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22388 6370 127126
31544 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31545 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31547 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31548 Toggle Viper on/off.
31549 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31553 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31554 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22388
31561 ;;;;;; 6369 802122 822000))
31562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31564 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31565 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31566 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31567 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31568 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31569 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31570 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31571 the beginning of the warning.")
31573 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31574 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31575 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31576 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31577 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31578 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31579 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31580 also call that function before the next warning.")
31582 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31583 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31585 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31586 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31587 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31588 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31590 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31591 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31592 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31593 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31594 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31595 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31597 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31598 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31599 Default is :warning.
31601 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31602 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31603 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31604 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31605 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31606 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31608 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31609 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31610 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31612 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31614 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31615 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31617 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31619 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31620 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31621 \\<special-mode-map>
31622 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31623 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31625 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31626 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31627 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31628 can be whatever you like.)
31630 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31631 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31633 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31634 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31635 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31636 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31637 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31639 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31641 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31642 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31643 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31644 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31645 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31647 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22388 5710 565639 708000))
31652 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31653 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31655 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31656 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31657 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31658 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31659 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31660 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31661 directories to reflect your edits.
31669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22388 6379 113214
31671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31673 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31674 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31676 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31679 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22388
31687 ;;;;;; 6388 697308 643000))
31688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31689 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31690 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31692 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31694 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31695 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31696 See the `which-function-mode' command
31697 for a description of this minor mode.
31698 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31699 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31700 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31702 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31704 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31705 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31707 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31708 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31710 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31711 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31712 in certain major modes.
31714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22388 5710 616640
31720 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31721 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31723 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31724 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31726 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31727 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31729 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31730 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31734 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31735 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31737 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31738 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31740 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31741 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31742 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31743 use `whitespace-mode'.
31745 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31749 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31750 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31751 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
31752 for a description of this minor mode.
31753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31754 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31755 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31757 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31759 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31760 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31761 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31762 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31763 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31765 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31766 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31770 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31771 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31772 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
31773 for a description of this minor mode.
31774 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31775 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31776 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31778 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31780 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31781 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31783 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31784 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31786 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31787 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31788 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31789 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31791 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31795 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31796 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31798 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31799 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31801 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31802 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31804 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31808 f toggle face visualization
31809 t toggle TAB visualization
31810 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31811 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31812 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31813 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31814 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31815 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31816 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31817 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31818 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31819 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31820 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31821 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31822 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31823 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31824 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31825 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31827 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31828 T toggle TAB visualization
31829 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31830 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31832 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31833 ? display brief help
31835 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31836 The valid symbols are:
31838 face toggle face visualization
31839 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31840 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31841 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31842 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31843 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31844 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31845 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31846 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31847 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31848 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31849 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31850 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31851 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31852 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31853 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31854 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31855 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31857 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31858 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31859 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31861 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31863 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31867 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31868 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31870 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31871 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31873 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31874 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31876 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31880 f toggle face visualization
31881 t toggle TAB visualization
31882 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31883 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31884 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31885 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31886 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31887 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31888 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31889 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31890 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31891 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31892 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31893 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31894 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31895 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31896 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31897 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31899 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31900 T toggle TAB visualization
31901 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31902 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31904 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31905 ? display brief help
31907 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31908 The valid symbols are:
31910 face toggle face visualization
31911 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31912 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31913 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31914 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31915 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31916 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31917 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31918 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31919 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31920 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31921 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31922 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31923 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31924 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31925 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31926 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31927 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31929 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31930 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31931 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31933 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31935 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31939 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31940 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31942 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31943 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31944 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31945 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31946 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31948 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31950 The problems cleaned up are:
31952 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31953 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31954 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31955 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31957 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31958 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31959 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31960 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31962 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31963 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31964 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31965 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31967 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31968 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31969 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31970 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31971 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31972 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31973 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31974 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31976 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31977 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31978 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31980 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31981 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31982 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31983 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31984 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31985 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31986 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31987 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31989 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31994 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31995 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31997 The problems cleaned up are:
31999 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32000 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32001 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32002 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32004 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32005 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32006 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32007 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32009 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32010 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32011 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32012 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32013 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32014 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32015 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32016 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32018 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32019 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32020 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32022 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32023 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32024 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32025 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32026 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32027 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32028 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32029 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32031 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32034 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32036 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32037 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32039 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
32041 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32043 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32044 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32046 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32049 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32050 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32051 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32059 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
32060 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
32063 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32065 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32066 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32067 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32068 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32069 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32070 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32071 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32073 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32074 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32075 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32076 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32077 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32078 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32079 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32081 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32082 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32083 cleaning up these problems.
32085 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22388 5710 661640
32091 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32093 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32094 Browse the widget under point.
32098 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32099 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32101 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32103 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32104 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32106 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32108 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32109 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32111 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32112 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22388 5710 705641
32120 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32122 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32123 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32125 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32127 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32128 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32129 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32131 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32133 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32134 Create widget of TYPE.
32135 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32137 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32139 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32142 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32144 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32145 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32147 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32149 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32150 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32151 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32152 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32154 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32155 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22388 5710 791641
32163 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32165 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32166 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32167 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32168 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32169 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32170 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32171 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32175 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32176 Select the window above the current one.
32177 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32178 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32179 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32180 negative ARG) of the current window.
32181 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32185 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32186 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32187 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32188 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32189 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32190 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32191 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32195 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32196 Select the window below the current one.
32197 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32198 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32199 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32200 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32201 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32205 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32206 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32207 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32208 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32210 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22388 5711 24644 221000))
32215 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32217 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32218 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32219 See the `winner-mode' command
32220 for a description of this minor mode.
32221 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32222 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32223 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32225 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32227 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32228 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32229 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32230 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32231 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
32233 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
32234 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
32235 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
32236 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
32237 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
32238 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
32240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22388 5711 111645 78000))
32245 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32246 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32248 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32249 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32250 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32251 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32252 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32254 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32256 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32257 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32258 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32259 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32260 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32261 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32262 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32263 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32265 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32266 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32268 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32270 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32271 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32275 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32276 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32277 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32278 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32279 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32280 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32281 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32282 `woman' command for further details.
32284 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32286 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32287 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32289 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22388 5711 194645 894000))
32294 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32296 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32297 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32298 Return the top node with all its children.
32299 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32301 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32302 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32303 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32305 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32307 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32308 namespace to URIs instead.
32310 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32311 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32313 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32315 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32317 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32319 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32320 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32321 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32322 not contain well-formed XML.
32324 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32325 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32326 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32327 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32328 element of the list.
32329 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32330 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32331 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32333 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32335 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32336 namespace to URIs instead.
32338 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32339 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32341 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32343 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32345 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22388 6379 484218
32351 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32353 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32354 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32355 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32356 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32357 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32358 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32359 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32360 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32361 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32362 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32364 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22388 6388 698308
32370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32372 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32377 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32378 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32382 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32383 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32387 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32388 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32389 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32392 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32393 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32394 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32395 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32397 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32399 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32400 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32402 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32404 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32405 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32407 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32409 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32410 Find references to the identifier at point.
32411 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32413 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32415 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32416 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32417 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32419 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32420 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32421 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32422 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32423 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32424 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32425 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32427 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32428 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32429 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32430 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32432 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22388 5711 211646
32438 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32440 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32441 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32442 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
32443 for a description of this minor mode.
32444 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32445 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32446 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32448 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32450 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32451 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32452 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32453 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32454 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32456 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32457 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32458 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32459 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32460 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32461 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22388 5711 213646 81000))
32468 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32470 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32471 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32472 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32473 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22388 6374 272166 782000))
32480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32482 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32483 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32485 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32487 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32488 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22388 6383 476257 297000))
32495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32497 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32498 Zone out, completely.
32504 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32706 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32707 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32708 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32709 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32710 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32711 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32712 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32713 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32714 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32715 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32716 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32717 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32718 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32719 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32720 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32721 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32722 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22491 3984 174622 61000))
32726 (provide 'loaddefs)
32727 ;; Local Variables:
32728 ;; version-control: never
32729 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32730 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32733 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here